101 i ee ae i Divisien of Fiskes,
$6628 pre eo Sar ee at Au $, Natlonal @useum

REPORT OF THE SECRETARY

SOE THE SMITHSONIAN |
| INSTITUTION

AND _

FINANCIAL REPORT OF

- THE EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE OF

THE BOARD OF REGENTS -

- 1941

SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION
WASHINGTON, D. C.

REPORT OF THE SECRETARY
OF THE SMITHSONIAN
INSTITUTION

AND
FINANCIAL REPORT OF
THE EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE OF
THE BOARD OF REGENTS

FOR THE

YEAR ENDED JUNE 30
1941

(Publication 3643)

UNITED STATES
GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE
WASHINGTON : 1941

For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, Washington, D. C. - Price 25 cents

Tagen heroin
Pata
Bie sears

Lela mass

CONTENTS

JEANIE ME MBEUC TPE Rey ic Sg A se ees ee ast
Outstandinere vents e522 oe See ee ee Be

Summary of the year’s activities of the branches of the Institution_______

MN Res trea lol asain era peasy syst yas ee Se eI ee yO
ubivewBoardtofiwnesents 22205. v2 9 Se ee ee
TERMS) og I SIN eg mc ig pee A Me ce SO neh SED
Maniersholgeneralinterestas2255 22 22205589) sue
SiMmiGhsonianeradionprogramy= ssa sae se ee ee
Walter Rathbone Bacon scholarship________________
Sharpnconianimnainy halllvextaloit ea eee ee ee
denthwArthur lectures Yt gee oe ee oe ee wh
TBO GESTS IF 3 eR al a eal a
Bxplorationsramcdetiel di: worke sss aes a= mesa oars ees
DEAUaLO RT Cas Gorn sae Bass a are ey eh LE Mere es a

Appendix 1. Report on the United States National Museum___________-_

iw)

. Report on the National Gallery of Art_______
3. Report on the National Collection of Fine Art
4, Report on the Freer Gallery of Art_._______.
5. Report on the Bureau of American Ethnology
6. Report on the International Exchange Service
7. Report on the National Zoological Park_____-
8. Report on the Astrophysical Observatory _. __

Sian 52 Soo

9. Report on the Division of Radiation and Organisms__--__-_-__

NO; Isewor Gia Woe Moin
Re portronyoublicati@mns esses ee eee
Report of the executive commiitee of the Board of Regents

fae pI
ae A bee
nm as ee ine

“4 Te

V
ir oe

THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION
June 30, 1941

Presiding officer ex officio —FRANKLIN D, RoosryEtt, President of the United
States.
Chancellor—CHARLES EyANS Hugues, Chief Justice of the United States.
Members of the Institution:
FRANKLIN D. Roosevetr, President of the United States.
Henry A. WALLACE, Vice President of the United States.
CHARLES Evans Hucues, Chief Justice of the United States.
CoRDELL HULL, Secretary of State.
HeNry MorcGentHay, Jr., Secretary of the Treasury.
Henry L. Stimson, Secretary of War.
Rosert H. JAckson, Attorney General.
FRANK C. WALKER, Postmaster General.
FRANK Kwox, Secretary of the Navy.
Harorp L. Ickes, Secretary of the Interior.
CLAUDE R. WicKARD, Secretary of Agriculture.
JESSE H. JoNES, Secretary of Commerce.
FRANCES PERKINS, Secretary of Labor.
Regents of the Institution:
CHARLES EvyANS HucHEs, Chief Justice of the United States, Chancellor.
Henry A. WALLACE, Vice President of the United States.
CHaArtEes L. McNary, Member of the Senate.
ALBEN W. BARKLEY, Member of the Senate.
BENNETT CHAMP CLARK, Member of the Senate.
CLARENCE CANNON, Member of the House of Representatives.
Wim P. Core, Jr., Member of the House of Representatives.
Foster STEARNS, Member of the House of Representatives.
FREDERIO A. DELANO, citizen of Washington, D. C.
Rortanp S. Morris, citizen of Pennsylvania.
Harvey N. DaAvIs, citizen of New Jersey.
ARTHUR H. Compton, citizen of Illinois.
VANNEVAR BusH, citizen of Washington, D. C.
Executive committee.—FREDERIC A. DELANO, VANNEVAR BUSH.
Secretary—CHARLES G. ABBOT.
Assistant Secretary.—ALEXANDER WETMORE.
Administrative assistant to the Secretary.— HARRY W. DORSEY.
Treasurer.—NICHOLAS W. DorsEy.
Chief, editorial division.—WEBSTER P. TRUF.
Librarian.— WILttam L. Corin.
Personnel officer —HELEN A. OLMSTED.
Property clerk.—JAMES H. Hitt.

VI ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1941

UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM

Keeper ex officio. CHARLES G. ABBOT.
Assistant Secretary (in charge).—ALEXANDER WETMORE.
Associate Director.— JOHN EH. GRAF.

SCIENTIFIC STAFF

DEPARTMENT OF ANTHROPOLOGY : :
Frank M. Setzler, head curator; A. J. Andrews, chief preparator.

Division of Ethnology: H. W. Krieger, curator; J. E. Weckler, Jr., assistant
curator; Arthur P. Rice, collaborator.

Section of Ceramics: Samuel W. Woodhouse, collaborator.

Division of Archeology: Neil M. Judd, curator; Waldo R. Wedel, assistant
curator; R. G. Paine, senior scientific aid; J. Townsend Russell, honorary
assistant curator of Old World archeology.

Division of Physical Anthropology: AleS Hrdlicka, curator; T. Dale Stewart,
associate curator.

Collaborators in anthropology: George Grant MacCurdy; W. W.
Taylor, Jr.
DEPARTMENT OF BIOLOGY ;
Leonhard Stejneger, head curator; W. L. Brown, chief taxidermist ;
Aime M. Awl, illustrator.

Division of Mammals: Remington Kellogg, curator; H. Harold Shamel, senior
scientific aid; A. Brazier Howell, collaborator; Gerrit S. Miller, Jr.,
associate.

Division of Birds: Herbert Friedmann, curator; J. H. Riley, associate cura-
tor; H. G. Deignan, assistant curator; Alexander Wetmore, custodian
of alcoholic and skeleton collections; Casey A. Wood, collaborator ;
Arthur C. Bent, collaborator.

Division of Reptiles and Batrachians: Leonhard Stejneger, curator; Doris
M. Cochran, assistant curator.

Division of Fishes: Leonard P. Schultz, curator; H. D. Reid, senior scientific
aid.

Division of Insects: L. O. Howard, honorary curator; Edward A. Chapin,
curator; R. H. Blackwelder, assistant curator; William Schaus, honorary
assistant curator.

Section of Hymenoptera: S. A. Rohwer, custodian; W. M. Mann, assist-
ant custodian; Robert A. Cushman, assistant custodian.

Section of Myriapoda: O. F. Cook, custodian.

Section of Diptera: Charles T. Greene, assistant custodian.

Section of Coleoptera: L. L. Buchanan, specialist for Casey collection,

Section of Lepidoptera: J. T. Barnes, collaborator.

Section of Hemiptera: W. L. McAtee, acting custodian.

Section of Forest Tree Beetles: A. D. Hopkins, custodian.

Division of Marine Invertebrates: Waldo L. Schmitt, curator; C. R. Shoe-
maker, assistant curator; James O. Maloney, aid; Mrs. Harriet Rich-
ardson Searle, collaborator; Max M. Bllis, collaborator; J. Percy Moore,
collaborator; Joseph A. Cushman, collaborator in Foraminifera; Charles
Branch Wilson, collaborator in Copepoda.

Division of Mollusks: Paul Bartsch, curator; Harald A. Rehder, assistant
curator; Joseph P. EK. Morrison, senior scientific aid.

Section of Helminthological Collections: Benjamin Schwartz, collab-
orator.

Division of Echinoderms: Austin H. Clark, curator.

REPORT OF THE SECRETARY VII

DEPARTMENT OF BroLogy—Continued.

Division of Plants (National Herbarium): W. R. Maxon, curator; Ells-
worth P. Killip, associate curator; Emery C. Leonard, assistant curator;
Conrad V. Morton, assistant curator; Hgbert H. Walker, aid; John A.
Stevenson, custodian of C. G. Lloyd mycological collection.

Section of Grasses; Agnes Chase, custodian.

Section of Cryptogamic Collections; O. F. Cook, assistant curator.
Section of Higher Algae: W. T. Swingle, custodian.

Section of Lower Fungi: D. G. Fairchild, custodian.

Section of Diatoms: Paul S. Conger, custodian.

Associates in Zoology: C. Hart Merriam, Mary J. Rathbun, Theodore S8.
Palmer, William B. Marshall, A. G. Boving.

Associate curator in Zoology: Hugh M. Smith.

Associate in Marine Sediments: T. Wayland Vaughan.

Collaborator in Zoology: Robert Sterling Clark.

Collaborators in Biology: A. K. Fisher, David C. Graham.

DEPARTMENT Of GEOLOGY:
R. S. Bassler, head curator; Jessie G. Beach, aid.

Division of Physical and Chemical Geology (systematic and applied) : W. F.
Foshag, curator; Edward P. Henderson, assistant curator; Bertel O.
Reberholt, senior scientific aid.

Division of Mineralogy and Petrology: W. F. Foshag, curator; Frank L.
Hess, custodian of rare metals and rare earths.

Division of Stratigraphic Paleontology: Charles HE. Resser, curator; Gustav
A. Cooper, assistant curator; Marion F. Willoughby, senior scientific aid.

Section of Invertebrate Paleontology: T. W. Stanton, custodian of
Mesozoic collection ; Paul Bartsch, curator of Cenozoic collection.

Division of Vertebrate Paleontology: Charles W. Gilmore, curator; C. Lewis
Gazin, assistant curator; Norman H. Boss, chief preparator.

Associates in Mineralogy: W.'T. Schaller, S. H. Perry.

Associate in Paleontology: EH. O. Ulrich.

Associate in Petrology: Whitman Cross.

DEPARTMENT OF HXNGINEERING AND INDUSTRIES:
Carl W. Mitman, head curator.

Division of Engineering: Frank A. Taylor, curator.

Section of Transportation and Civil Engineering: Frank A. Taylor,
in charge.

Section of Aeronautics: Paul E. Garber, assistant curator.

Section of Mechanical Engineering: Frank A. Taylor, in charge.

Section of Electrical Engineering and Communications: Frank A.
Taylor, in charge.

Section of Mining and Metallurgical Engineering: Carl W. Mitman, in
charge.

Section of Physical Sciences and Measurement: Frank A. Taylor, in
charge.

Section of Tools: Frank A. Taylor, in charge.

Division of Crafts and Industries: Frederick L. Lewton, curator; Eliza-

beth W. Rosson, senior scientific aid.
Section of Textiles: Frederick L. Lewton, in charge.
Section of Woods and Wood Technology: William N. Watkins, assistant
curator.
Section of Chemical Industries: Wallace ©. Duncan, assistant curator.
Section of Agricultural Industries: Frederick L. Lewton, in charge.

VIII ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1941.

DEPARTMENT OF H}INGINEERING AND INDUSTRIES—Continued.
Division of Medicine and Public Health: Charles Whitebread, associate
curator.
Division of Graphic Arts: R. P. Teiman, curator.
Section of Photography: A. J. Olmsted, assistant curator.
Division or History: T. T. Belote, curator; Charles Carey, assistant curator;
Catherine L. Manning, philatelist.

ADMINISTRATIVE STAFF

Ohief of correspondence and docuwments.—H. S. Bryant.

Assistant chief of correspondence and docuwments.—L. E. CoMMERFORD.
Superintendent of buildings and labor.—R. H. TremBtry.

Assistant ‘superintendent of buildings and labor.—CHARLES GC. SINCLAIR.
Editor.—PavuL H. OEHSER.

Accountant and auditor.—N. W. Dorsey.

Photographer.—A. J. OLMSTED.

Property clerk.—LAWRENCE lL. OLIVER.

Assistant librarian.—LEILa I’, CLARK.

NATIONAL GALLERY OF ART

Trustees:

THE CHIEF JUSTICE OF THE UNITED STATES.

THE SECRETARY OF STATE.

THE SECRETARY OF THE TREASURY.

THE SECRETARY OF THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION.

Davip K. H. Bruce.

DUNCAN PHILLIPS.

FERDINAND LAMMOT BELIN.

SAMUEL H. KRESS.

JOSEPH E. WIDENER.
President.—Davip K. E. BRUCE.
Vice President.—FERDINAND LAMMOT BELIN.
Secretary-Treasurer and General Counsel.—DonaLp D. SHEPARD.
Director.—Davip H. FINLEY.
Assistant Director.—MAcGILL JAMES.
Administrator.—H. A. McBRIDE.
Chief Curator.—JOHN WALKER.

NATIONAL COLLECTION OF FINE ARTS

Acting Director.—RUEL P. TOLMAN.

FREER GALLERY OF ART

Director.—JoHN ELLERTON LODGE.

Assistant Director—GRACE DUNHAM GUEST.
Associate in archeology.—CarL WHITING BISHOP.
Associate in research.—ARCHIBALD G. WENLEY.
Superintendent—_W. N. RAWLEY.

REPORT OF THE SECRETARY Ix

' BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

Chief —MAtTTHEW W. STIRLING.

Senior ethnologists—H. B. Commins, Jr., JouHN P. Harrineton, Joun R.
SWANTON.

Senior archeologist—F RANK H. H. Roperts, Jr.

Senior anthropologist JULIAN H. STEWARD.

Associate anthropologist—W. N. Fenton.

Hditor.—M, HELEN PALMER.

LTibrarian.—MiriaM B. KETCHUM.

Ilustrator.—EpDWIN G. CASSEDY.

INTERNATIONAL EXCHANGE SERVICE

Secretary (in charge).—CHARLES G. ABBOT.
Chief Clerk.—Coatrs W. SHOEMAKER.

NATIONAL ZOOLOGICAL PARK

Director.—WILLIAM M. Mann.
Assistant Director.—EHRNEST P. WALKER.

ASTROPHYSICAL OBSERVATORY

Director—CHARLES G. ABBOT,
Assistant Director.—LoyaAL B. ALDRICH.
Senior astrophysicist—WILLIAM H, Hoover.

DIVISION OF RADIATION AND ORGANISMS

Director—CHARLES G. ABBOT.

Assistant Director.—EArRL S. JOHNSTON.

Senior physicist —HDwarp D. McALIstTEr.

Senior mechanical engineer.—LELAND B. CLARK.
Associate plant physiologist—FLORENCE M. CHASE.
Junior biochemist.—RoBERT L. WEINTRAUB.

43 em

cAebnt

by
mal

a

Lac

ne ee ;

re
5
Gi

CKD

%

fy tatty

aie erie *

REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OF THE
SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION

C. G. ABBOT
FOR THE YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 1941

To the Board of Regents of the Smithsonian Institution.

GENTLEMEN : I have the honor to submit herewith my report show-
ing the activities and condition of the Smithsonian Institution and
the Government bureaus under its administrative charge during the
fiscal year ended June 30, 1941. The first 18 pages contain a sum-
mary account of the affairs of the Institution, and appendixes 1 to 11
give more detailed reports of the operations of the National Museum,
the National Gallery of Art, the National Collection of Fine Arts,
the Freer Gallery of Art, the Bureau of American Ethnology, the
International Exchanges, the National Zoological ‘Park, the Astro-
physical Observatory, the Division of Radiation and Organisms, the
Smithsonian library, and of the publications issued under the direc-
tion of the Institution. On page 130 is the financial report of the
executive committee of the Board of Regents.

OUTSTANDING EVENTS

Among the numerous bureaus and agencies in Washington, certain
ones are listed as defense agencies, and the Smithsonian Institution
was included during the year in this list. Its vast collections are
of great usefulness in the identification and study of strategic ma-
terials relating to national defense, such as rubber, tin, aluminum,
mica, optical glass, abrasives, and many others. Its staff includes
scientific experts and technicians with outstanding experience in
connection with such materials, as well as laboratories and equipment
for all sorts of delicate experimental work. The Smithsonian has
already been assigned a number of defense problems and stands
ready to devote all its resources to such work when called upon.

The National Gallery of Art was completed and opened to the
public in March 1941, bringing to fruition the late Andrew W.
Mellon’s gift to the Nation of his priceless art collection and a mag-
nificient building to house it.

The great hall of the Smithsonian Building was completely re-
decorated, and in it was installed a unique exhibit designed to

1

2 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1941

illustrate concisely for visitors all the activities of the Institution
and its branches. Opened in January 1941, after a preview by the
Board of Regents, the new exhibit aroused widespread favorable
comment.

The Smithsonian radio program, “The World is Yours,” on June
14, 1941, put on the air an anniversary broadcast marking the com-
pletion of 5 full years of the series. A tabulation of station-manager
ratings of the program showed that its popularity throughout the
country continued unabated.

Among several bequests to the Institution announced during the
year, the largest was that from Mrs. Mary Vaux Walcott, widow of
the late Secretary Charles D. Walcott. Her bequest amounted to
more than $400,000.

New members on the Board of Regents were Vice President Henry
A. Wallace, and Representative Foster Stearns, of New Hampshire.

The revision of all solar-constant values collected by the Astro-
physical Observatory from all Smithsonian observing stations from
1923 to the present proved to be an even more tremendous task than
had been anticipated. It was nearing completion, however, at the
close of the year, and publication is expected to begin by the first
part of 1942.

M. W. Stirling made further archeological discoveries in southern
Mexico, working in cooperation with the National Geographic
Society. Dr. Frank H. H. Roberts, Jr., conducted his sixth and
final archeological expedition to the Lindenmeier site in northern
Colorado, his work having added greatly to our knowledge of
Folsom man and the whole subject of the early occupation of
America.

The work of the International Exchange Service was seriously
hampered by world conditions, but the scientific and other publica-
tions intended for foreign exchange that cannot now be sent are
being stored at the Institution until the end of hostilities.

y)

SUMMARY OF THE YEAR’S ACTIVITIES OF THE BRANCHES OF
THE INSTITUTION

National Museum.—Appropriations for the maintenance and
operation of the Museum during the fiscal year amounted to $818,305.
Additional funds are needed annually for guards, curators, and im-
provements, but in the press of defense needs the Congress has not
found it expedient to grant them. Accessions for the year totaled
326,686 individual specimens, bringing the number of catalog entries
in all departments of the Museum to nearly 17,500,000. Among the
outstanding things received were the following: In anthropology,
a collection of Paleolithic, Neolithic, and Bronze Age implements

REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 3

and ornaments from Java, nearly 1,000 potsherds and sheli imple-
ments from Indian burial mounds near Belle Glade, Fla., skeletal
remains from Peru, and a reconstruction of the newly found remains
of the fourth Pithecanthropus, in biology, 74 mammals, 472 reptiles
and amphibians, and nearly 2,000 fishes from Liberia, all resulting
from the Smithsonian-Firestone Expedition to that country, the
Nevermann collection of about 33,000 Costa Rican Coleoptera includ-
ing much type material, and a large collection of marine inverte-
brates resulting from the participation of Dr. Waldo L. Schmitt
in the Fish and Wildlife Service’s investigations of the Alaska king
crab; in geology, an 1,800-carat aquarmarine crystal from Agua
Preta, Brazil, the Sardis, Ga., meteorite, weighing 1,/60 pounds,
the fifth largest ever found in the United States, many thousands of
Cambrian, post-Cambrian, and Devonian fossils collected in various
parts of the United States by members of the Museum staff, and the
greater part of a fossil skeleton of the primitive mammal U%ntather-
jum; in engineering and industries, an operating exhibit of the West-
inghouse air brake, a fighter plane known as the Curtiss Sparrow-
hawk, and a 93-dial display clock made by Louis Zimmer, of Lier,
Belgium, which tells the time at many places around the world,
the tides at various points, and many calendar and astronomical
events; in history, busts, costumes, or mementos of famous Americans
including Abraham Lincoln, William Jennings Bryan, and Brig.
Gen. Caleb Cushing. As usual, many members of the scientific
staff took part in field expeditions, financed for the most part by
Smithsonian private funds or through cooperative arrangements
with other organizations or individuals. ‘Twenty-five publications
were issued by the Museum, and 52,170 copies of its publications
were distributed. Visitors for the year totaled 2,505,871. Fourteen
special exhibits were held under the auspices of various educational,
scientific, and other groups. Changes in staff included the retire-
ment of Gerrit S. Miller, Jr., as curator of the division of mammals
and the advancement of the assistant curator, Dr. Remington Kellogg,
to succeed him, and the appointment of two new assistant curators,
Dr. Joseph E. Weckler, Jr., in the division of ethnology, and Dr.
Richard E. Blackwelder in the division of insects.

National Gallery of Art-——The completed building of the National
Gallery of Art was formally accepted by the trustees of the Gallery
on December 10, 1940, and on the evening of March 17, 1941, the
opening ceremonies were held. Chief Justice Charles Evans Hughes
briefly described the purposes of the Gallery, Mr. Paul Mellon, son
of the donor of the Gallery, presented the building and the Mellon
_ Collection to the Nation, and Mr. Samuel H. Kress presented the
Kress Collection to the Gallery. The President of the United States

4 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1941

then accepted the Gallery on behalf of the people of the Nation.
The following day the building was opened to the public, and the
attendance from that day to June 30 was 798,156, an average of
7,529 per day. Practically all the initial staff of the Gallery had
been employed by March 1, 1941, the number of employees on June
30 being 229. The first catalog of the Gallery and a booklet of
general information were ready for distribution at the time of the
public opening, as were also a book of illustrations of all the art
works in the collection, color reproductions, and postcards. A num-
ber of important prints and four paintings were accepted as gifts
during the year. Under the educational program of the Gallery,
the docent staff has been organized so that there are at least two
public gallery tours every day and two auditorium lectures every
week. A memorial tablet to the late Andrew W. Mellon, donor of
the Gallery, was installed in the lobby, and four marble panels were
set aside for the names of important donors to the Gallery. The
names at present carved on the panels are those of Mr. Mellon and
Samuel H. Kress, and the names of future donors will be added as
authorized by the Board of Trustees.

National Collection of Fine Arts—The National Collection re-
ceived two additions to its endowment funds during the year,
namely, $5,000 from the Alfred Duane Pell Estate of New York,
and $10,000 from the Miss Julia D. Strong Estate, of Washington,
D. C. Three paintings were accepted for the National Collection
by the Smithsonian Art Commission in December 1940, and several
other gifts of etchings, miniatures, and paintings were deposited
during the year to be passed upon by the Commission at its next
annual meeting. ‘Three miniatures were purchased through the
Catherine Walden Myer Fund. The following eight special exhibi-
tions were held: 48 pastels, drawings, and lithographs by Lily E.
Smulders; the Sixth Annual Metropolitan State Art Contest, 1940,
comprising 289 art works by 158 artists; the work of William Baxter
Closson (1848-1926), comprising 94 oils, 40 pastels, 21 water colors,
112 wood engravings, and other material; 111 pastels by 17 artists,
exhibited by the National Society of Pastelists; 22 water colors and
21 pastels by Ethel H. Hagen; 42 paintings by Alejandro Pardinas
under the patronage of the Cuban Ambassador; 39 caricatures by
Antonio Sotomayor under the patronage of the Bolivian Minister;
and a memorial exhibition of 17 color prints and 50 black and white
prints by Bertha E. Jaques (1863-1941). A new edition of the
Catalog of American and European Paintings in the Gellatly Collec-
tion was published.

Freer Gallery of Art—Additions to the collections included
Chinese bronze, Chinese jade, Arabic manuscripts, Indian and Per-

REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 5.

sian painting, Chinese porcelain, and Chinese and Persian pottery.
The work of the curatorial staff was devoted to the study and record- ,
ing of these new acquisitions and other art objects and manuscripts
already in the collection. In addition 693 objects and 180 photo-
graphs were brought or sent to the Director for information con-
cerning them, and reports upon all these were made to the owners.
Changes in exhibition involved 84 individual objects. Visitors to
the Gallery totaled 111,784 for the year. Six illustrated lectures
were given in the auditorium, six study groups were held in a study
room and ten groups were given docent service in exhibition galler-
ies. A. G. Wenley of the Gallery staff gave a 6 weeks’ lecture course
in Chinese and Japanese art in the Far Eastern Institute at the
1940 Harvard University Summer School. William R. B. Acker, also
of the staff, returned from Holland, having taken his Ph.D. cum
laude in Chinese at the University of Leyden.

Bureau of American Ethnology.—The Chief of the Bureau, M. W.
Stirling, continued his archeological excavations in southern Mexico
in cooperation with the National Geographic Society. At Cerro de
las Mesas 20 carved stone monuments were unearthed, and 2 initial
series dates were deciphered. At Izapa, a link between the west
coast of Guatemala and the isthmian region of southern Mexico, a
large number of stelae were excavated. ‘The collections made were
brought to Mexico City, where they were studied by Dr. Philip
Drucker, assistant archeologist of the expedition. Dr. J. R..Swan-
ton brought to completion his extensive report on the Indians of
the Southeast, comprising 1,500 typewritten pages, which the Bureau
plans to publish shortly. Three other ethnological papers by Dr.
Swanton were in process of publication. Dr. J. P. Harrington con-
tinued his comparative study of the Navaho and Tlingit languages.
His work on the Navaho was completed during the year, forming a
manuscript of more than 1,200 pages. Dr. F. H. H. Roberts, Jr.,
brought to completion the sixth and final season of archeological in-
vestigations at the Lindenmeier site in northern Colorado, wherein
much new and valuable information on the subject of Folsom man
and the early occupation of North America has been obtained. To-
ward the close of the year he went to San Jon, N. Mex., to start
excavations at a promising site suggestive of another phase of early
man in North America, the so-called Yuma. Dr. J. H. Steward
completed his researches on the Carrier Indians of British Columbia
and investigated a burial site on an island off the coast of Alaska.
He devoted the rest of the year to editorial and organizational work
on the proposed Handbook of South American Indians. Dr. H. B.
Collins, Jr., continued his study of collections from Eskimo sites in
the vicinity of Bering Strait. Dr. W. N. Fenton conducted field

6 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1941

' work among the Senecas of Allegany Reservation, N. Y., and carried
forward a number of other investigations dealing with Iroquois
‘problems. Miss Frances Densmore, a collaborator of the Bureau,
continued her study of Indian music, collecting additional songs,
transcribing these and songs previously recorded, and preparing ma-
terial for publication. The Bureau published its annual report and
three bulletins. The library accessioned 378 items and relabeled and
reshelved over 5,000 books.

International Exchange Service—The Exchange Service acts as
the official United States agency for the interchange of parliamentary,
governmental, and scientific publications between this country and
the rest of the world. During the past year the Service handled
576,282 packages of such publications, with a total weight of 388,649
pounds. Naturally, the last 2 years have shown a marked falling off
in the number of packages passing through the Exchange Service
because of war conditions in large parts of the world. The material
that cannot now be shipped abroad will be stored at the Institution
until the end of hostilities. Transmission of shipments to and from
Great Britain and to Latin America has been practicaly uninter-
rupted, and some material has been forwarded to Spain and Portugal,
although irregularly. Five consignments of exchanges have been lost
through war activities.

National Zoological Park.—The W. P. A. project which has been
of such great assistance to the Park in the past few years was termi-
nated on August 6, 1940, so that few improvements could be under-
taken during the year. The four new waterfowl ponds were com-
pleted and birds transferred to them at the beginning of the year.
The new restaurant constructed by the P. W. A. was completed in
the fall of 1940 and was opened to the public in March 1941. Visi-
tors for the year totaled 2,430,300, including 48,050 representing school
or other groups from 20 States and the District of Columbia. The
Smithsonian-Firestone Expedition to Liberia for the purpose of
collecting live animals for the Zoo returned to this country in August
1940. The animals brought back numbered nearly 200, representing
61 species of mammals, birds, and other forms, several of them being
new to the history of the collection. The usual large number of
gifts was received during the year, and 70 mammals, 49 birds, and
14 reptiles were born or hatched in the Park. The total number
of animals in the collection at the close of the year was 2,380, repre-
senting 730 different species. The chief need of the Zoo is for
three new buildings: one for antelope, deer, wild hogs, and kan-
garoos; one for monkeys; and the third for carnivores.

Astrophysical Observatory.—At Washington the work of the staff
was devoted largely to completing for publication the immense table

REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 7

of daily solar-constant observations at the three field stations at
Montezuma, Table Mountain, and Mount St. Katherine from 1923
to 1939. The rest of the text for volume 6 of the Annals of the
Observatory was also nearly completed, and the whole is expected
to be ready for the printer before January 1942. During preparation
of a paper on “An Important Weather Element Hitherto Generally
Disregarded,” Dr. Abbot noted that the solar variation is several
times greater in percentage for blue-violet rays than for total radia-
tion. This led him to consider whether the sun’s variation might
not be more effectively followed by observations limited to the blue-
violet region of the spectrum. He finally devised a method of thus
restricting the observations, which was introduced near the close
of the year at the three field observing stations. There is great
hope that the new method will yield more reliable daily indications
of the solar variations. Dr. H. Arctowski continued his meteoro-
‘logical investigations relating to the effects of solar variation on
atmospheric barometric pressure and temperature and completed a
manuscript incorporating the results of this study which will be
published during the coming year. Daily determinations of the solar
constant of radiation were made at the three field stations whenever
conditions permitted. A new concrete dwelling house for the
observers was erected at the Montezuma station.

Division of Radiation and Organisms.—The Division continued its
program of research on the relation of radiation to various phases of
plant growth. In continuing the project dealing with the genesis of
chlorophyll and the beginning of photosynthesis, a large amount of
information was obtained on the respiration of etiolated barley seed-
lings. This material is important because of its bearing upon photo-
synthesis as measured by the gaseous exchange method. It appears
that conditions of carbon dioxide storage or depletion develop in
the plant tissue depending upon the concentration of this gas sur-
rounding the plants. In subsequent periods, when the respiration is
measured there is an increase or decrease in the rate of CO, excre-
tion (i. e., in the apparent rate of respiration) until a state of
equilibrium with the new environment is attained. Considerable
time was spent in improving the performance of the spectrograph
used in measuring carbon dioxide for very short periods, and the
new features developed have greatly improved the speed-sensitivity
and stability of the apparatus. Further study was made of the
spectral effectiveness of radiation for the growth inhibition of the
oats mesocotyl, and a comparative study was undertaken of some
other species of grasses. A paper resulting from experiments in the
ultraviolet irradiation of algae showed that algae exposed four times

421999—41—_2

8 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1941

to stimulative amounts of certain wave lengths of the ultraviolet
exhibited 4 to 4.8 times the growth rate (expressed as number of
cells) of the control cultures. The influence of culture conditions
on the photosynthetic behavior of the alga Chlorella pyrenoidosa
was investigated. The growth cycle of this organism was studied
in relation to light intensity, carbon dioxide concentration, and the
composition of the nutrient solution. A number of papers were pre-
sented by members of the staff before meetings of scientific bodies,
and six publications resulting from the work of the Division were
issued during the year.

THE ESTABLISHMENT

The Smithsonian Institution was created by act of Congress in
1846, according to the terms of the will of James Smithson, of
England, who in 1826 bequeathed his property to the United States
of America “to found at Washington, under the name of the Smith- ~
sonian Institution, an establishment for the increase and diffusion of
knowledge among men.” In receiving the property and accepting
the trust, Congress determined that the Federal Government was
without authority to administer the trust directly, and, therefore,
constituted an “establishment” whose statutory members are “the
President, the Vice President, the Chief Justice, and the heads of
the executive departments.”

THE BOARD OF REGENTS

Changes in the personnel of the Board of Regents during the
fiscal year included the succession of Vice President Henry A. Wal-
lace to the membership held by former Vice President John N.
Garner, effective January 20, 1941, the Vice President being by law
a regent ex officio, and the appointment by the Speaker of the House
of Representatives on January 22, 1941, of Representative Foster
Stearns, of New Hampshire, to succeed Representative Charles L.
Gifford, who had resigned his membership as a regent.

The roll of regents at the close of the fiscal year was as follows:
Charles Evans Hughes, Chief Justice of the United States, Chancel-
lor; Henry A. Wallace, Vice President of the United States; mem-
bers from the Senate—Charles L. McNary, Alben W. Barkley,
Bennett Champ Clark; members from the House of Representatives—
Clarence Cannon, William P. Cole, Jr., Foster Stearns; citizen mem-
bers—Frederic A. Delano, Washington, D. C.; Roland S. Morris,
Pennsylvania; Harvey N. Davis, New Jersey; Arthur H. Compton,
Iilinois; and Vannevar Bush, Washington, D. C.

Proceedings.—The annual meeting of the Board of Regents was
held on January 17, 1941. The regents present were Chief Justice

REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 9

Charles Evans Hughes, Chancellor; Senator Bennett Champ Clark;
Representatives Charles L. Gifford and Clarence Cannon; citizen
regents Frederic A. Delano, Roland S. Morris, Harvey N. Davis,
and Vannevar Bush; and the Secretary, Dr. Charles G. Abbot.

The meeting was held in the Smithsonian main hall, which had
recently been newly decorated and equipped with illustrative exhibits
giving a comprehensive view of all Smithsonian activities. The new
exhibits were viewed with approval by the regents.

The Board received and accepted the Secretary’s annual report
covering the year’s activities of the parent institution and the several
Government branches. The Board also received and accepted the
report by Mr. Delano, of the executive committee, covering financial
statistics of the Institution; and the annual report of the Smith-
sonian Art Commission.

The Secretary informed the regents of the death of Mrs. Mary
Vaux Walcott on August 22, 1940, and of her designation of the
Smithsonian Institution as residuary legatee, the bequest, when re-
ceived, to be made a part of the Charles D. and Mary Vaux Walcott
Research Fund set up by the former Secretary. Appropriate resolu-
tions were adopted by the Board.

In his usual special report the Secretary mentioned briefly the
more important activities carried on by the Institution and its
branches during the year.

FINANCES

A statement on finances will be found in the report of the Execu-
tive Committee of the Board of Regents, page 130.

MATTERS OF GENHRAL INTEREST
SMITHSONIAN RADIO PROGRAM

The Smithsonian educational radio program, “The World is
Yours,” celebrated its fifth anniversary on the air on June 14, 1941.
On that date a special program was prepared wherein extracts from
specially successful previous broadcasts were woven together into
a composite story to illustrate the way in which the various sciences
are handled in this series. “The World is Yours,” a series of weekly
half-hour broadcasts in dramatized form on science, invention, his-
tory, exploration, and art, 1s put on the air over a Nation-wide
network through the cooperation of the United States Office of
Education and the National Broadcasting Co. The program subjects
are selected by the Smithsonian editorial division and the scripts are
written by a professional script writer, employed by the Institution,
from material furnished by Smithsonian experts in the various fields.

10 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1941

The programs are produced in Radio City, New York, as an N. B. C.
public service feature and go out over the N. B. C. ned network.

That the popularity of the program has continued undiminished
is shown by the fact that an official rating service has twice within
the past 2 years placed “The World is Mone, at the top of all non-
commercial programs on all networks. A recent rating of N. B. C.
public service programs by percentage of station program directors
selecting them placed “The World is Yours” sixth on the list, but
most of the five rated above it were programs devoted to discussion
of current events, which are naturally of greatest. interest in these
disturbed times.

The list of subjects covered by “The World is Yours” during the
past fiscal year is as follows:+

1940
Mexico Wan dio fi Sil vie reyes Spies 0 5 OMEN ae LS Np ence aR OR Ye UN BB Rg July 7
John WD eeres Steele Plo wpe ese OE BUNS ASG ysis eet aa July 14
Pipa bavie SVD ers ra eres pas et SN a ET ec UU A RG IL MN July 21
Isiiereviire onsO ther mlame tse ery cecil lao tussle ae Al et ape July 28
GAEL rs USS URAL LOSI STON ISS ei Mr cs Nae eR He ele pene Aug. 4
OwurdislandeWmiv ers ese: see eM ee y OUCLRIR See Ls SE SS OA Bee eG at Aug. 11
Iigovaays Diloysratehay ibhayedksy aro) VAG A eo ee Aug. 18
Exploring Chit; Dwellings of theaWestas 22 220 Says ue ey ee ees Aug. 25
Storvmotste Silver Screens eos etka eye lel TE ae a ae Sept. 1
Mherballtot aeNleteoritets css sweet LeU Ce aaa estes oho ge nt eee Sept. 8
DSCC ERDU StS) JAG GPE eee oN ae sy AA a A aN SS ek a Sept. 15
Rieachrng stn wip po exe A ire 2 202 eal Nl aye ey a ata LE an eee Sept. 22
The World’s Most Important Chemical Reaction. ES SUSY NAM Ree UI Sept. 29
Brospecting for) BlacknG oldie eis ois 2k we hy Dees) ad ee en ee ee eee Oct
Discovering the Source of the Mississippi____--___--__---_-_-_----_- Oct. 13
Withsthe: ClippertShips toy © bimanse75 2 oS eee Ge OU i nt a Oct. 20
Amialiadi ane ae exo ti aN Gio ra se elie ee cay NL nh Ne Nov. 3
Tira le yo ern le mnc ey lrea Ts Ne ae eae ys Ea i EIS ce Na NT Se Nov. 10
NewnWondersoh @hemishry oe ails mine 2 alien e ale Me Nov. 17
Ane wban dy Mia kes Elis tory. sete Miia a kets PN OPE TN IRR I SNE ACPO Se Ag tce Opa Nov. 30
ESS OY 0) eS ACSPeN SHON El Se oY UD OW tag le RN ce SSD a NR a SN Dec. 7
Rucblowmadianstonmthev Plains sees = 25) nese es Is ine) ay gaya Ape ee Dec. 14
AMaverishmoveysiconth ce over ten ere Ke) OD Ree psec ee gue VO) NV SN LAN A Ae Dee. 21
IO VATU cWaAGHL US CLE TAC eyes eas UE ee sal al yaaa a IES alo aa pula ese Dec. 28
: 1941
The Dinosaur National Monument and Its Fossils__----_------------ Jan. 4
Behind the Scenes at the Smithsonian___________________-___------- Jan. 11
aX eoh 2M Bigs] yaaa 2h gt le Naa IN oP eS Sg (ad Jan. 18
MherHlectron Microscope alee es eee te oe ur eS clap nega eee Jan. 25
Thre Army sled alto RyEl om or ecg aE Ee NS a ym a Ed RU Feb. 1
PB h'es So ry. o fis Valier Sa Ne SING ey sg eae IR A nA Feb. 8
A MiReve Mater) jake ok alave) dl raKe WENO VS i al ge I eS ee eles seb seliD
Disseminating Knowledge Throughout the Harth______-------------- Feb. 22

1No broadcasts were given on October 27 and November 24, 1940, and April 26, 1941,
because of important addresses or other commitments by N. B. C. for the usual period
of “The World is Yours.”

REPORT OF THE SECRETARY IIL

1941
AN aaah FENOKG IS fee iay7 foauirecoynes on ey) enc tl aa ih eI ew ON ea neces Mar. 1
Aine Nations New, Aut Gallenyy: a: sl pu cel Le ey a ee Mar. 8
SUOMVears Oli heminstry Aces ea GL ARN RENN iA eM ae ee Mar. 15
(CH TaN OR YANG aye eGR SLI NA RL SN SG ta ec Da Mar. 22
Hihtya Cert amiesyOr silken ye neem ue LUN Rea Dae cava Sets MN SON / al Bete) Crh Mar. 29
Champlain in New England_____ a et RR LMR TD SSE NS AL esis SESE Apr. 5
Sra GhsonianmMk i eld ME editl ors ma mee ny as cel AN Ne cle esa Apr. 12
[BSreepwar lly A Caps iaye le }A Ges ta YS) ep act NS gE aD, Sc a Apr. 19
ARATE TRANG, CS SL eo EP a a a Le May 3
BSTC US) COME RTOS ASSEN IA i a So a a A a aa May 10
siTeR Sag aTOl the INOPSeDIeM sce sone a yah ik fo WN aN a Pe May 17
Oliver Evans—Early American Engineer_____-___________-_________- May 24
MESS Xepo) | OTB LTN ges ec ade LOE Apa Un Ua aL pa A clay eg Sa) UNC Nau he May 31
Platinum __-__-_ Hes MAS NON a Np th OMEISTOR 73) ONIN te MU SOE OCA ICAU ALR June 7
Five Years of The World Is Yours (anniversary program)__-__________ June 14
Calendarsroteallyhimesgec ne came sears sms eT ae eee June 21
Eons emits n Gunny eee cenieonatonc sa nL aeRO Iii BE kl) ke AU aE NIMs ath Aha June 28

The Institution was unable, because of lack of funds to employ
additional personnel, to resume publication of the supplementary
articles, or “listener-aids,” which up to June 30, 1940, contributed
greatly to the educational value of “The World is Yours” programs.
It is hoped that a way will be found to reestablish this part of the
project during the coming year.

WALTER RATHBONE BACON SCHOLARSHIP

A bequest made to the Institution in 1919 in the will of Mrs. Vir-
ginia Purdy Bacon, of New York, provided for the establishment
of a traveling scholarship, to be known as the Walter Rathbone
Bacon scholarship for the study of the fauna of countries other
than the United States of America.

For the past 2 years the Bacon scholarship has been held by Dr.
Hobart M. Smith, whose purpose was the accumulation of specimens
of reptiles and amphibians from Mexico, on the basis of which a
herpetology of Mexico might be compiled and the biotic provinces
of the country more accurately defined.

During the year 1940-41, the some 20,500 specimens of reptiles
and amphibians obtained during the 2 preceding years were sorted
and a portion studied and entered in the permanent collections of
the National Museum. The collection requires study that could not
be completed within the year, and as a result certain groups must
be reserved for study at a later date.

A total of 1,421 specimens of snakes was obtained, representing 170
species and subspecies, of which 23 appear unnamed. These com-
prise about half the species known from Mexico. Nineteen specimens

12 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1941

of three species of crocodilians, all that are known from Mexico,
were obtained. The study of these groups has been completed.

Not all the lizards have been studied yet. Completed genera num-
ber 22, comprising 4,547 specimens of 116 species and subspecies.
Eleven are unnamed. Six lizard genera remain to be studied.

The amphibians are not completed. A preliminary sorting, how-
ever, reveals some 5,173 frogs and toads, of about 110 species; 5,064
specimens of approximately 40 species of salamanders; and 6 speci-
mens of one species of caecilian. Most of these are being studied by
Dr. E. H. Taylor.

The turtles have been turned over to Dr. Leonhard Stejneger for
study.

While most of the data pertaining to this collection are reserved
tor a future paper, descriptions of new species and surveys of certain
genera have been prepared for preliminary publication. Seven such
papers have been issued during the present year.

SMITHSONIAN MAIN HALL EXHIBIT

In my last two annual reports I have spoken of the project of
installing in the main hall of the Smithsonian Building a new type of
exhibit intended to serve as a visual index to all Smithsonian activ-
ities. During the 95 years since the founding of the Institution,
its activities have so expanded in scope and the buildings it occupies
have so increased in number that it has been impossible for visitors
to get an adequate idea of what the Smithsonian is and what it does.
The project. was brought to completion during the year, and the
new exhibit was formally opened to the public on Monday, January
20, 1941. The Board of Regents of the Institution had a preview
of the exhibit on January 17, when their annual meeting was held
in the main hall.

As stated previously, the entire project has been handled by a
committee consisting of Messrs. C. W. Mitman, chairman, W. F.
Foshag, Herbert Friedmann, F. M. Setzler, and W. P. True, all of
the Institution’s staff. The great hall of the Smithsonian building,
some 150 feet long by 50 feet wide, was first completely redecorated
according to the committee’s recommendation. Then special back-
grounds for the exhibits were designed and constructed to form eight
separate alcoves and four quadrants, the central aisle being left clear
for free circulation of visitors. The eight alcoves present. graphi-
cally the work of the Institution in astronomy, geology, biology,
radiation and organisms, physical anthropology, cultural anthropol-
ogy, engineering and industries, and art. The four quadrants, facing
the central area of the hall, contain exhibits on the scope of the
Institution’s work, the National Zoological Park, history, and the
organization and branches of the Institution.

Secretary's Report, 1941

7

co

feerores:
NERS, ees +

NEW “INDEX EXHIBIT’’ AT THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION.

Upper, part of the astronomy exhibit.
Center, part of the geology exhibit.
Lower, part of the biology exhibit.

Secretary’s Report, 1941 PLATE 2

_

KLeCTHOMANETIC RaoLnion

if

ca
-

NEW “INDEX EXHIBIT’’ AT THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION.

Upper, part of the radiation and organisms exhibit.
Center, part of the cultural anthropology exhibit.
Lower, part of the engineering and industries exhibit.

REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 13

The plan of each of the eight alcoves is the same (see pls. 1 and
2. The-name of the subject treated is stated at the top, followed
by a brief definition. Below this, a central theme consisting of a
diorama, working model, or other device illustrates strikingly the
significance of the particular subject. Flanking this on either side
of the alcove are exhibits to show as simply as possible what the
Smithsonian Institution does in each field. The number of objects
shown is kept small, labels are made as short and simple as possible,
and the whole attempt is to make the exhibits interesting and popular
and at the same time instructive.

A valuable adjunct of the new exhibit is a separate room opening
off the main hall in which are exemplified the Institution’s methods
of diffusmg knowledge. One feature is a complete bound set of all
Smithsonian publications from 1846 to the present. The books
occupy 138 running feet of shelf space. Placards describe these
publications, as well as the Institution’s educational radio programs,
press releases, International Exchange Service, exhibits, lectures,
correspondence, and library. An important feature of this room is
an information desk where visitors may obtain accurate information
on special phases of the Institution’s werk or exhibits.

Visitors to this new exhibit for the last 5 months of the fiscal
year—from February 1 through June 30, 1941—totaled 191,699.
Comparable figures for the preceding year are not available because
the building was closed at that time in preparation for the new
exhibit, but the total number of visitors for the corresponding months
of 1939 was 144,372. The present year therefore shows an increase
of 47,327 visitors, or 32 percent, over 1939.

The committee in charge of the project has been kept in existence
to supervise maintenance of the exhibits and to incorporate changes
from time to time, for the intention is to keep the whole exhibit alive
and up to date. Wide and favorable notice has been given the ex-
hibit by journals and newspapers.

TENTH ARTHUR LECTURE

The late James Arthur, of New York, in 1931 bequeathed to the
Smithsonian Institution a sum of money, part of the income from
which should be used for an annual lecture on the sun.

The tenth annual Arthur lecture was given by Brian O’Brien,
professor of physiological optics at the University of Rochester, under
the title “Biological Effects of Solar Radiation on Higher Animals
and Man,” in the auditorium of the National Museum on the evening
of February 25, 1941. The lecture will be published in a forthcoming
Smithsonian Report.

14 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1941

The nine previous Arthur lectures have been as follows:

1. The Composition of the Sun, by Henry Norris Russell, professor of astronomy
at Princeton University. January 27, 1932.
. Gravitation in the Solar System, by Hrnest William Brown, professor of
mathematics at Yale University. January 25, 1933.
. How the Sun Warms the Earth, by Charles G. Abbott, Secretary of the
Smithsonian Institution. February 26, 1934.
4, The Sun’s Place among the Stars, by Walter S. Adams, director of the Mount
Wilson Observatory. December 18, 1934.
5. Sun Rays and Plant Life, by Earl S. Johnston, assistant director of the
Division of Radiation and Organisms, Smithsonian Institution. February
25, 1936.
6. Discoveries from Eclipse Expeditions, by Samuel Alfred Mitchell, director
of the Leander McCormick Observatory, University of Virginia. February
9, 19387.
. The Sun and the Atmosphere, by Harlan True Stetson, research associate,
Massachusetts Institute of Technology. February 24, 1938.
8. Sun Worship, by Herbert J. Spinden, curator of American Indian Art and
Primitive Cultures, Brooklyn Museums. February 21, 1939.
9. Solar Prominences in Motion, by Robert R. McMath, director of the McMath-
Hulbert Observatory of the University of Michigan. January 16, 1940.

i)

co

=]

BEQUESTS

Mary Vaux Walcott bequest—Mary Vaux Walcott, widow of the
late Charles D. Walcott, former Secretary of the Smithsonian Insti-
tution, died August 22, 1940. Mrs. Walcott had for many years been
deeply interested in the Institution and its work, and during the years
1925 to 1930 her beautiful water-color sketches of North American
wild flowers were published in five sumptuous volumes under the
auspices of the Institution. During her lifetime Mrs. Walcott mani-
fested her interest by numerous valuable gifts, both in the form of
specimens and of money for specific purposes connected with Smith-
sonian researches. In her will she named the Institution residuary
legatee, the relevant portions of that document reading in part as
follows:

I give, devise and bequeath all the rest, residue and remainder of my
estate * * * to the Smithsonian Institution * * * in memory of my
beloved husband, Charles D. Walcott, to be added to and form a part of the
Charles D. and Mary Vaux Walcott Reasearch Fund, established by my husband
in his lifetime, with the express stipulation, however, that the restriction as to
the use of the income of said fund shall not apply to the income from this devise
and bequest.

At the annual meeting of the Board of Regents on January 17,
1941, the following resolutions were adopted :

Resolved, That the Board of Regents of the Smithsonian Institution learns

with profound sorrow of the death on August 22, 1940, of Mrs. Mary Vaux
Walcott, widow of its late Secretary.

REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 15

The noble character of Mrs. Walcott, her great skill and zeal in depicting
wild flowers, her personal researches in glacial geology, her deep interest in the
paleontclogic researches of Dr. Walcott, and her many gifts, over a long period,
to the Smithsonian Institution are highly appreciated.

Resolved, That this Board learns with profound gratitude of Mrs. Walcott’s
large bequest to the endowment of the Smithsonian Institution in memory of
her late husband.

Further resolved, That these resolutions be spread on the minutes of this
meeting and that a copy of them be sent to Mrs. Walcott’s executors.

The amount of Mrs. Walcott’s bequest was slightly over $400,000.
At the close of the fiscal year, the estate had not been settled.

Julia D. Strong bequest.—tIn the final accounting of the will of
Julia D. Strong, of Washington, D. C., who died April 12, 1936, the
National Collection of Fine Arts of the Smithsonian Institution, as
alternate beneficiary, received the sum of $10,000. No stipulations
as to the use of the fund were stated in the will.

Florence Brevoort Hickemeyer bequest-—The will of the late
Florence Brevoort Eickemeyer, of Yonkers, N. Y., contained the
following provision :

I give and bequeath to the Smithsonian Institution * * * the sum of
$10,000 * * * to use or apply the income thereof, or as much thereof as
may be necessary, in or about the exhibition, preservation and care of my late
husband Rudolf Hickemeyer Jr.’s photographic works and collection, the residue
or surplus of such income, if any, to be applied to the uses and purposes of the
Section of Photography established or maintained by said Institution. My late
husband, Rudolf Hickemeyer, Jr., in and by his last will and testament and
codicil thereto, intended to provide a fund for the exhibition and care of his
photographie works and collection, bequeathed thereby to said Smithsonian ,
Institution, and his estate being sufficient to provide such fund, I do hereby
make the above bequest to carry out my late husband’s purpose in that regard.

The money thus bequeathed had not been received at the close of
the year.

Alfred Mussinan bequest—The Smithsonian Institution is named
as a residuary legatee of the estate of the late Alfred Mussinan, of
Sumter County, Fla. His will divides his estate into two equal parts,
and upon the death of certain legatees named in the will, the Insti—
tution is to receive five-eighths of the principal sum of one-half of
the estate, “the income therefrom to be used by said institution for
the increase and diffusion of knowledge among men.” The amount
of Mr. Mussinan’s estate was estimated by the executor in May 1941
to be approximately $30,000, in addition to real estate, stocks, and
bonds in Germany which it was impossible to evaluate.

EXPLORATIONS AND FIELD WORK

In the furtherance of its investigations in many branches of science,
the Smithsonian sent out or cooperated in 19 expeditions, which

16 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1941

worked not only in many States in the United States, but also in a
number of foreign lands as well.

Paleontological work was carried on by Dr. Charles E. Resser in
investigations of ancient Cambrian rocks; by Dr. C. Lewis Gazin
in Utah and Woming, resulting in the discovery of an almost com-
plete fossil skeleton of the primitive mammal known as an uintathere;
and by Dr. G. Arthur Cooper in Texas and Tennessee where an
abundance of fossil material, much needed in the Museum’s study
collection, was obtained.

Dr. Willian M. Mann, Director of the National Zoological Park,
and Mrs. Mann went to Liberia on an expedition financed by the
Firestone Tire & Rubber Co., and brought back an assortment of live
animals for the Zoo, including a 400-pound hippopotamus, and some
3,000 preserved specimens for the Museum. Dr. Alexander Wetmore
spent a month in Costa Rica studying the birds of that region.
W. L. Brown collected material in the Canadian Rockies for back-
grounds for the Rocky Mountain goat and’sheep groups exhibited in
the Museum. Dr. Hobart M. Smith, holder of the Walter Rathbone
Bacon scholarship, assisted by Mrs. Smith, continued his study of
the reptiles and amphibians of Mexico. Dr. Waldo L. Schmitt par-
ticipated in the biological investigations of the king crab of Alaska,
initiated by the United States Fish and Wildlife Service. Capt.
Robert A. Bartlett conducted another expedition to Greenland, and
Mr. and Mrs. Russell Hawkins, Jr., visited the Gulf of California,
both to collect marine material. Austin H. Clark carried on his
observations of the butterflies of Virginia. Mrs. Agnes Chase made
an extensive study of the grasses of Venezuela, bringing back large
collections including 11 species previously unknown.

Dr. T. D. Stewart spent several weeks at the historic Indian village
site on Potomac Creek in Virginia known as Patawomeke, exam-—
ining an ossuary that was discovered during the previous field sea-
son. Dr. Waldo R. Wedel conducted archeological investigations in
central Kansas in an effort to locate Coronado’s “Province of Qui-
vira.” David I. Bushnell, Jr., made several trips to the vicinity of
the Peaks of Otter in search of tangible evidence of early man in
Virginia. Dr. Frank H. H. Roberts, Jr., obtained further informa-
tion on Folsom man, one of the earliest known inhabitants of Amer-
ica, from excavations at the Lindenmeier site in Colorado. Dr.
Julian H. Steward visited British Columbia to record culture changes
among the Carrier Indians; Dr. John P. Harrington made a com-
parative study of the northwestern Indians in Alaska and the south-
western Indians in New Mexico; and Dr. William N. Fenton col-
lected data among the Seneca in New York State on Iroquois masks
and ritualism.

REPORT OF THE SECRETARY Le

PUBLICATIONS

The publications of the Smithsonian Institution constitute its
chief means of carrying out one of its primary functions, the “diffu-
sion of knowledge.” From its private funds, the Institution issues
the Smithsonian Miscellaneous Collections, a series containing all
the scientific papers published by the Institution proper; from Gov-
ernment funds are issued the Smithsonian Annual Report (with
general appendix reviewing progress in science), the Bulletins and
Proceedings of the National Museum, the Contributions from the
National Herbarium, the Bulletins of the Bureau of American Eth-
nology, the Annals of the Astrophysical Observatory, and Catalogs
of the National Collection of Fine Arts. The Freer Gallery of Art
pamphlets and the series, Oriental Studies, are supported by Freer
Gallery funds.

All publications of the Institution are issued through the editorial
division, which comprises the central office where publications of
the Institution proper are handled, the office of the editor of the
National Museum, and that of the editor of the Bureau of American
Ethnology. The editorial division also directs the Institution’s
informational activities and its radio work.

The year’s publications totaled 78, of which 48 were issued by the
Institution proper, 25 by the National Museum, 3 by the Bureau of
American Ethnology, 1 by the National Collection of Fine Arts,
and 1 by the Freer Gallery of Art. Information as to titles, authors,
and other details concerning these publications will be found in the
report of the chief of the editorial division, appendix 11. The total
number of publications distributed was 125,837.

Among the outstanding publications of the year may be mentioned
a paper by the Secretary entitled “An Important Weather Element
Hitherto Generally Disregarded,” wherein are summarized evi-
dences of the dependence of our weather on the variations of solar
radiation; a revised edition of Assistant Secretary Alexander Wet-
more’s “A Systematic Classification for the Birds of the World”;
another volume in the series of life histories of North American
pirds by Arthur Cleveland Bent entitled “Life Histories of North
American Cuckoos, Goatsuckers, Hummingbirds, and Their Allies”;
a paper dealing with the very interesting Chicora (Butler County,
Pa.) meteorite, by F. W. Preston, E. P. Henderson, and James R.
Randolph; and part 2 of the monograph entitled “Archeological
Remains in the Whitewater District, Eastern Arizona,” by Frank H.
H. Roberts, Jr.

LIBRARY

The year’s accessions to the Smithsonian library totaled 6,839
volumes, pamphlets, and charts, bringing the holdings at the end of

18 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1941

the year to 894,655 items. As usual, many gifts were received, among
the largest of which were a collection of 942 scientific books and
journals belonging to the late Frederick E. Fowle of the Smith-
sonian staff and presented by his widow; 622 publications from the
Geophysical Laboratory of the Carnegie Institution of Washington;
and 612 publications from the American Association for the Ad-
vancement of Science. Again during the past year the lbrary’s
exchange work was carried on with great difficulty because of war
conditions abroad. Most of the publications that failed to come
were European and Asiatic. Some of these are being held by the
issuing agencies for transmission after the wars are over, others have
delayed publication, but a few have been discontinued. The library
staff cataloged 6,693 volumes, pamphlets, and charts; prepared and
filed 40,238 catalog and shelf-list cards; made 22,311 periodical
entries; loaned 10,990 publication to members of the Smithsonian
staff; and conducted an interlibrary loan service with 45 libraries
outside the Smithsonian system. Other activities included work on
the union catalog; a large amount of bibliographic assistance to
members of the Smithsonian staff and others; and checking of the
serial holdings in connection with the forthcoming second edition
of the Union List of Serials. The funds allotted to the library per-
mitted it to bind 958 volumes—only one-half of those completed for
binding during the year. The most urgent need, therefore, is for
more adequate funds for binding in order to prevent loss of parts
of volumes that may be very difficult, if not impossible, to replace.
Respectfully submitted.
| C. G. Aspor, Secretary.

APPENDIX 1
REPORT ON THE UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM

Sir: I have the honor to submit the following report on the condi-
tion and operation of the United States National Museum for the
fiscal year ended June 30, 1941.

Funds provided for the maintenance and operation of the National
Museum for the year totaled $818,305, which was $6,580 more than
for the previous year. The amount was reduced $6,500, however,
by reason of a compulsory administrative reserve.

COLLECTIONS

Building up of the great collections of the Museum continued,
and a total of 1,518 separate accessions, aggregating 326,686 indi-
vidual specimens, was received during the year. Although this was
about 400 fewer separate accessions than last year, the individual
specimens increased by 114,000. Distribution of these additions
among the five departments was as follows: Anthropology, 4,064;
biology, 262,521; geology, 55,818; engineering and industries, 2,688;
and history, 1,595. For the most part these acquisitions were gifts
from individuals or represented expeditions sponsored by the Smith-
sonian Institution. All are listed in detail in the full report on the
Museum, published as a separate document, but the more important
are summarized below. The total number of catalog entries in all
departments is now nearly 1714 million.

Anthropology.—tmportant. archeological material included a col-
lection of Paleolithic, Neolithic, and Bronze Age implements and
ornaments from Java; over 700 stone artifacts from western New
York; about 450 specimens from an Indian village site in Page
County, Va.; and nearly 1,000 potsherds and shell implements from
burial mounds near Belle Glade, Fla. In ethnology, many objects
were received representing the cultures of the Navaho; Alaskan
Indians and Eskimos; Plains, Pueblo, and Southwestern tribes; the
Iroquois; and others. Collections from peoples outside the Americas
included specimens from Malayan tribes of the Philippines, from the
Grebo of Liberia, and from the natives of Bali. Twenty-nine ce-
ramic specimens, 30 musical instruments, and 47 pieces of period art
and textiles were added. In the division of physical anthropology,
skeletal remains from Peru and from southeastern Alaska and a

19

20 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1941

reconstruction of the newly found remains of the fourth Pzthecan-
thropus were the principal acquisitions.

Biology.—Biological specimens, many of great scientific value,
totaled 262,521, a considerable increase cver last year, although these
came in fewer individual accessions. The most important mam-
malian accession was a complete skull end both sets of baleen of an
adult humpback whale (Megaptera novae-angliae) and a fetal whale-
bone whale skull from the North Pacific. Other mammals received
included 74 specimens from Liberia; 102 from South Carolina; 85
cavernicolous bats; other bats from Mexico, the Virgin Islands, and
Puerto Rico; 2 fetuses of humpback wheles; a baby walrus skeleton ;
and other specimens from Indo-China, Ecuador, Korea, Costa Rica,
Bolivia, and Brazil. Of nearly 100 mammals received from the
National Zoological Park, the most important was a gayal (Bos
frontalis) .

Large representations of birds came from Indo-China, Costa Rica,
Brazil, Antarctica, Mexico, and Manchukuo. Field work of the Mu-
seum in South Carolina yielded 1,205 bird skins for the study collec-
tions.

Incorporated in the collections during the year were 4,201 Mexican
reptiles received from the Smithsonian Institution as the major part
of the collections made by Dr. Hobart M. Smith, under the Walter
Rathbone Bacon scholarship, among them being types of many new
forms and representatives of species hitherto not contained in the
Museum. ‘The second installment of Dr. W. M. Mann’s reptilian and
amphibian collections in Liberia consisted of 472 specimens, represent-
ing several new forms and much valuable comparative material from
territory hitherto little known.

Nearly 2,000 Liberian fishes also resulted from the Smithsonian-
Firestone Expedition headed by Dr. Mann, in addition to those acces-
sioned last year. Among other ichthyological specimens received
were 900 fishes from Texas and the Gulf of Mexico, 420 from Alaska,
and 60 sharks from Florida and Texas.

The most important accession in insects was the Nevermann collec-
tion of Costa Rican Coleoptera, comprising about 33,000 specimens
and including much type material. Other important entomological
material came in many miscellaneous lots, the largest being 64,000
insect specimens transferred from the Bureau of Entomology and
Plant Quarantine. A collection of nearly 3,000 beetles from Panama
was donated by Assistant Curator Richard E. Blackwelder, who col-
lected them several years ago.

About 500 marine invertebrates from the west coast of Greenland
came as a result of the Bartlett Greenland Expedition of 1940.
Through Curator Waldo L. Schmitt there was accessioned a large

REPORT OF THE SECRETARY Dh

collection of marine invertebrates taken in the course of the Alaska
king crab investigations of the Fish and Wildlife Service. From this
same Service there was transferred a lot of nemertean worms collected
by the Albatross and Fish Hawk. Outstanding also was a large col-
lection of mollusks, echinoderms, crustaceans, miscellaneous inverte-
brates, and 182 bottom samples obtained by Russell Hawkins, Jr., on
1939 and 1940 cruises along the west coast of Baja California and in
the Gulf of California. Over 3,000 selected molluscan specimens were
obtained by purchase through the Frances Lea Chamberlain Fund. A
remarkably fine collection of over 3,000 Samoan shells was contributed,
as well as 1,000 land and fresh-water shells from Texas. Several inter-
esting lots of echinoderms were added, chiefly from the Antarctic
region, from Greenland, and from the Abrolhos Islands, Western
Australia. - |

About 25,000 plants from many sources were added to the collections
of the National Herbarium.

Geology—Many choice minerals and gems were acquired through
the Canfield, Roebling, and Chamberlain funds of the Smithsonian
Institution. The finest mineral specimen is an 1,800-carat aqua-
marine crystal from Agua Preta, Brazil, showing the rare berylloid
form. The extensive Diaz collection of Mexican cassiterites and
valuable sets of minerals from Bolivia also are noteworthy. Gems
added included a brilliant cut purple enclase of 46 carats from Cey-
lon, and a greenish-yellow 9-carat enclase from Brazil. Another
important acquisition consisted of 620 Brazilian gem stones trans-
ferred from the United States Treasury Department. The out-
standing addition to the meteorite series was the Sardis, Ga., speci-
men, an altered iron, weighing 1,760 pounds, the fifth largest single
meteorite ever found in the United States. Four meteoritic falls,
all American, were represented in specimens presented by Dr. Stuart
H. Perry, associate in mineralogy. A valuable series of tin ores
resulted from Curator W. F. Foshag’s studies for defense purposes
of the tin resources of Mexico.

Field work by members of the staff yielded the bulk of the in-
vertebrate fossils accessioned: About 8,000 Cambrian brachiopods
and trilobites from the Rocky Mountain region, Missouri, and the
Appalachian Valley; 20,000 post-Cambrian specimens from west,
Tennessee and Texas; and 15,000 Devonian fossils from the various
counties in the geologically classic Lower Peninsula of Michigan.
Much valuable type material was contained in other miscellaneous
accessions, mostly gifts, including Upper Cambrian invertebrates
from Texas and southeastern Missouri, Ordovician Bryozoa from
Oklahoma, Upper Triassic ammonites from Nevada, and type fos-
sils from the Kaibab formation of the Grand Canyon. Important

22, ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1941 -

lots of Foraminifera came from such widely separated regions as
Mexico, Peru, New Zealand, and Arabia. Casts of 256 type specimens
of the fossil shell Z'urritella, from the Tertiary rocks of the Pacific
coast, comprised an outstanding addition to the Cenozoic collections.

As a result of paleontological field work in central Utah several
articulated Upper Cretaceous lizard skeletons (Polyglyphanodon)
and fragmentary mammalian jaws and teeth from the Paleocene
were received, in addition to 149 lots of vertebrate fossils collected
from the Bridger Eocene of southwestern Wyoming. Also worthy
of special mention among the new vertebrate material are the greater
part of the skeleton of the primitive mammal U%ntatherium, a partial
skeleton of a Palaeosyops, and a perfect skull and jaws of the dog-
like Thinocyon velox. Parts of several fossil whales and porpoises,
from the Miocene Calvert formation of the Chesapeake Bay
country, were acquired.

Engineering and industries —To the section of transportation and
civil engineering came an operating exhibit of the Westinghouse
air brake, and three fine scale models, the Polish motorship Pdlsudskz,
the Rolls Royce automobile Silver Ghost, and the diesel-engined
trawler Storm.

A unique accession in the section of aeronautics, received as a
transfer from the Navy Department, was a fighter airplane known
as the Curtiss Sparrowhawk, a type developed in 1931-385 as an
auxiliary fighter to the dirigibles Akron and Macon. Several inter-
esting airplane models were received: The original model of a steam-
engined bombing helicopter designed in Civil War times and scale
models of the Columbia monoplane (1910), the triplane bomber
(1918), the U. S. Army pursuit type P-35, the U. S. Army trainer
type BT-8, and the amphibian SEV-3N.

In mechanical engineering the outstanding accession was an excep-
tional operating model made by Howell M. Winslow of a Reynolds-
Corliss steam engine of about 1900. The section of electrical
engineering and communication received three original Plante stor-
age battery plates and two replicas of the posted plate batteries
made by T. A. Willard in 1881; also the tone arm of a modern
photoelectric phonograph.

One of the most spectacular acquisitions in recent years is the
93-dial display clock made by Louis Zimmer, of Lier, Belgium, for
the Brussels World’s Fair in 1935. It is 14 feet high, tells the stand-
ard time of many places around the world, the tides in various
parts, and a great variety of calendar and astronomical events. The ~
section of woods and wood technology received the first letter file
made to handle correspondence unfolded and vertical. An important
and generous gift to the division of graphic arts was a collection

REPORT OF THE SECRETARY D>

of 200 Currier and Ives prints from a donor, who in addition lent
183 others. There came also as a loan the original camera believed
to have been used around 1836 by Dr. John W. Draper, the eminent
American chemist and physiologist, while a member of the faculty
of Hampden-Sydney College, Richmond, Va.

History—Nearly 1,600 objects of historic and antiquarian interest
were accessioned, including busts, costumes, or mementos of such
outstanding Americans as Abraham Lincoln, Mrs. Andrew Jackson
Donelson, Col. Samuel Simpson, William Jennings Bryan, Henry
B. F. Macfarland, and Brig. Gen. Caleb Cushing. The numismatic
collection was increased by 176 coins and medals, including a series
of United States bronze, nickel, and silver coins struck at the Denver,
Philadelphia, and San Francisco mints in 1914; and the philatelic
collection by 1,310 stamps and other items.

EXPLORATIONS AND FIELD WORK

Field exploration by the Museum’s experienced staff and its col-
laborators continues as one of the most important sources for addi-
tions of new materials in the broad fields of anthropology, biology,
and geology. As in previous years this work was financed in the
main through funds provided by the Smithsonian Institution or
through interested friends of the Institution. The specimens
obtained have filled many gaps in the Museum’s series.

Anthropology—During August and September, 1940, Dr. T.
Dale Stewart, associate curator of physical anthropology, continued
excavations at the historic Indian village site known as Patawomeke
on Potomac Creek, in Stafford County, Va., completely exploring
the ossuary discovered last year. The work this season yielded a
number of facts that verify or supplement the meager historical
records pertaining to the burial ceremonies of the Virginia tide-
water Indians. Of the approximately 100 skeletons encountered in
the ossuary, the majority had become disarticulated, or were dis-
articulated before burial. A few, however—approximately a dozen
adults—were observed to be fully articulated. These were found on
the bottom or along the sides of the pit and hence may have been
the first bodies received into the grave. Moreover, all these artic-
ulated skeletons are possibly males and had their arms extended
along their sides as do the bodies shown in John White’s picture of
a death house, which was drawn during his visit to Roanoke Island
in 1585. Also, all these skeletons had their lower legs flexed un-
naturally forward, which would have been a practicable way for
shortening an extended body resting on its back. There is evidence,
on the other hand, that the disarticulated skeletons were exposed

421999413

24 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1941

for a considerable period before. burial; in several cases mud dauber
nests were found in the skull or among the bundled bones. This
finding indicates that the period in which these bodies were exposed
in an open death house included at least one warm season.

On February 27, 1941, Dr. Stewart went to Peru in connection
with the program sponsored by the State Department for cultural
cooperation with other American republics. In Lima, through the
kindness of Dr. Julio C. Tello, director of the Museum of Anthro-
pology, Magdalena Vieja, he had the privilege of studying two docu-
mented series of human skeletal remains, one from Paracas and the
other from Malena. These two series are interesting for comparison
because that from Paracas is very early, whereas that from Malena
is late coastal Inca. The Paracas people, although relatively ancient,
were far from being primitive in the cultural sense. Their textiles
are famous and among the finest produced anywhere. While in
Lima Dr. Steward visited many of the nearby ruins and ancient
Indian sites. From these trips Dr. Steward brought back a small
collection of the more interesting skeletal remains to supplement
earlier collections.

During the week of March 30 Dr. Steward represented the Insti-
tution and the National Geographic Society at the Third Assembly
of the Pan American Institute of Geography and History meeting
in Lima. Following the Assembly he visited the Museo Arqueolégico
“Rafael Larco Herrera” at Chiclin, where, through the kindness of
Sr. Rafael Larco Hoyle, he was able to study a documented series
of Mochica and Cupianique skeletons. These remains are from the
oldest cultural periods of the northern coast. From Chiclin Dr.
Steward went south to Mollendo, and thence by way of Arequipa
to Cuzco. Here, besides visiting some of the famous ruins, he saw
the fine collection of mummies and trephined skulls at the University
of Cuzco and the Instituto Arqueolégico.

Dr. Waldo R. Wedel, assistant curator in archeology, was in the
field from June 1 to September 16, 1940, continuing the Institution’s
archeological survey of Kansas, begun in 1937. The 1940 explora-
tions were carried on at several locations in Rice and Cowley
Counties. Preliminary excavations show that the sites investigated
mark villages inhabited by semisedentary, partly horticultural In-
dians who did not live in earth lodges. These people made pottery,
wove basketry, had a wide variety of artifacts in stone, bone, horn,
and shell, traded with the Pueblos on the Rio Grande for turquoise,
pottery, and obsidian, and were in contact with white men. Frag-
ments of glaze-paint pottery represent types made on the Rio
Grande between 1525 and 1650, and bits of chain mail suggest a
visit from some of the early Spanish explorers. It is tentatively

REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 25

suggested that these remains, widespread in central and southern
Kansas, may be of Wichita origin, and possibly represent some of
the Quivira villages seen by Coronado, Humana, Bonilla, and Onate.
During the period from December 5 to 12, 1940, and again in
May 1941, Dr. Wedel made a brief reconnaissance in the Holston
River drainage near Saltville, Va. A number of extremely promis-
ing prehistoric village sites and two apparently affiliated burial caves
were visited, and a local collection was studied. No excavations were
undertaken. The cultural materials indicate some relationships with
Middle Mississippi remains in Tennessee and adjacent States, but.
pending more extended studies their exact position culturally remains
uncertain.
Walter W. Taylor, Jr., collaborator in anthropology, inaugurated
archeological excavations in the state of Coahuila, Mexico. From
January 1941 to the close of the fiscal year, Mr. Taylor surveyed a
wide area in the various mountain valleys around Cuatro Ciénegas
and excavated several small caves and one large cave. The principal
purpose of this program was to determine the relationship between
the prehistoric cave inhabitants in this northern section of Mexico
and the inhabitants of similar sites in the Pecos River and Big
Bend area of southwestern Texas. A superficial relationship seems
evident from Mr. Taylor’s field reports, but final conclusions must
await a careful comparison of material in the Museum.
Biology.—During October and November Dr. Alexander Wetmore,
Assistant Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution, visited Costa
Rica as part of the program sponsored by the State Department.
for cultural cooperation with the other American republics. He was
received with every courtesy as the guest of the Costa Rican Gov-
ernment, and in San José, the capital city, he worked at the National
Museum and visited and conferred with officials in various branches
as well as with scientists in other services. Following this, accom-
panied by Dr. Juvenal Valerio Rodriguez, director of the National
Museum, and Carlos Aguilar in charge of the zoological collections
in the Museum, he cressed by air to Liberia, the principal city of
Guanacaste, the northwestern province of Costa Rica. From this
base collections of birds were made in the surrounding country. Dr.
Valerio returned to San José, while Mr. Aguilar remained for train-
ing in zoological field work. Guanacaste is devoted mainly to cattle
raising, with small cultivation. Liberia lies on a slightly elevated
plain east of the swampy lowlands bordering the Rio Tempisque.
For more than 2 weeks Dr. Wetmore and Mr. Aguilar were located
at a great hacienda on the southern slopes of the Vole4én Rincon de
la Vieja where there was access to heavy rain forest on the mountain.
Collections were obtained for the National Museum in San José as

26 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1941

well as for our Institution. The several hundred birds that have
come to Washington as a result of this work add measurably to our
series, as our earlier investigations of the birds of Costa Rica did
not cover Guanacaste. On his return north at the end of Novem-
ker Dr. Wetmore had opportunity to spend a day in Habana, Cuba,
where he was received by representatives of the Cuban Government
and conferred with prominent scientists of the country.

From March to May, 1941, Dr. Wetmore visited Colombia in con-
tinuation of the program mentioned for closer personal contact and
cooperation with scientists in our neighbor republics. In Bogota
he was received at the National University, where he worked par-
ticularly in the Instituto de Ciencias Naturales. He also conferred
with scientists who had been in attendance at the Eighth American
Scientific Congress in Washington the year previous, and visited
scientific workers with whom the Smithsonian Institution has been
in contact through correspondence for years. Following this, with
M. A. Carriker, Jr., as assistant, and accompanied by Dr. F. Carlos
Lehmann and his assistant from the Instituto de Ciencias Naturales
and by Lt. Alejandro Rubiano as a representative of the Colombian
Government, Dr. Wetmore set out from Santa Marta on a pro-
longed expedition through the Guajira Peninsula. The party
traveled by truck to Riohacha stopping en route for work in ex-
tensive forest areas near the Rio Ariguani and its tributaries. Here
im 8 days’ time specimens of 100 distinct species of birds were ob-
tained, an indication of the richness of the fauna. In Riohacha the
party obtained another truck and here entered the Guajira proper.
The peninsula in the main is an arid, desert country with extensive
open savannas and broad stony plains, grown in places with heavy
stands of mesquite and cacti that form veritable forests. In the
eastern section there are low mountains with trails along their bases
passable for heavy trucks except during the period of rains. On
the highest range where the trade winds build a cloud cap with con-
sequent more or less regular precipitation in contrast to the desert
below, there is an island of tropical rain forest with the species
usual to such an environment, here isolated by long distances from
other similar areas. Dr. Lehmann and Lieutenant Rubiano com-
pleted their work with the party in April while the others continued
to the forested region mentioned, On the return the middle of May
it was necessary because of disrupted steamer schedules for Dr.
Wetmore to cross by schooner from Puerto Estrella, in the Guajira, to
the Island of Aruba. Here after a 2-day wait he obtained plane
passage to Curacao, and from there sailed for New York. A stop
en route at La Guaira, Venezuela, gave opportunity to visit Caracas,
where he was guest of honor at a Juncheon given by W. H. Phelps

REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 27

to a group of Venezuelan scientists, and had opportunity to visit
the new Museo Nacional and the Sociedad Venezolana de Ciencias
Naturales.

Mr. Carriker, whose expenses for this work in Colombia were
carried by the W. L. Abbott fund of the Smithsonian Institution,
continued in the field in the Guajira until late in June to finish the
investigations. At the end of the fiscal year he was located in the
Sierra Negra in the northern section of the Perij4 Mountains, a
- region previously unknown to naturalists.

The collecting expeditions by W. M. Perrygo, scientific aid, to
obtain much-needed material for the study of the vertebrate fauna
of the Appalachian region, were continued with good results. Accom-
panied by John S. Webb, of the division of birds, he left for South
Carolina on September 14, 1940, working first along the Catawba
River and in the wooded regions of the Piedmont region and later
collecting in the swamps along the Pee Dee River. The middle of
October he continued southward to Allendale to complete work begun
in the spring months along the Savannah River. Two weeks were
spent in collecting along the Lynches River, a tributary of the Pee
Dee, and the final stay centered around McClellanville for work in
the salt marshes near the Cape Romaine Wildlife Sanctuary. The
expedition returned December 3. This work also was financed
through the W. L. Abbott fund of the Smithsonian.

Dr. Waldo L. Schmitt, curator of marine invertebrates, during
the latter part of 1940 served as biologist and leader of the field party
organized by the United States Fish and Wildlife Service for the
purpose of investigating the biology of the king crab in Alaska.
He left Seattle on August 28 and on September 12 established head-
quarters at Canoe Bay, off the northwest corner of Pavlof Bay, where
investigations were carried on successfully for 5 weeks. Later on
operations were transferred to Alitak at the western end of Kodiak.
Work at a final base on the north side of Shelikof Strait, east of
Kukak Bay, from November 15 to 20 ended the investigations for
the season, which in addition to observations on the distribution and
biology of the king crab yielded an extensive collection of marine
animals of interest to the Museum.

Clarence R. Shoemaker, assistant curator of marine invertebrates,
in company with T. Kenneth Ellis, undertook a 2-weeks’ collecting
trip for fresh-water amphipods through Virginia and the Carolinas.
The expedition returned with much interesting material to the
Museum, the particular object being to extend the study series of
certain rare species from this region.

The Smithsonian-Firestone Expedition to Liberia under the leader-
ship of Dr. W. M. Mann, Director of the National Zoological Park,

28 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1941

obtained for the Museum a large amount of zoological and botanical
material, including many novelties, from a region of the world
hitherto poorly represented in our collections. Although started
early in 1940, the expedition did not return until August 7, and is
therefore properly referred to here, as the specimens brought back
were accessioned during the present year. The story of the expedi-
tion has been widely published, and a condensed account with illustra-
tions will be found in the volume Explorations and Field Work of

the Smithsonian Institution in 1940, pp. 13-20. .

As in past years, Capt. Robert A. Bartlett in his annual expedi-
tion to Greenland in the schooner Morrissey brought back valuable
additions particularly to the invertebrate collections, made with
equipment supplied by the Museum.

Dr. Hobart M. Smith, under the Walter Rathbone Bacon scholar-

ship, finished his field work in Mexico in August 1940, bringing
back to the Smithsonian Institution splendid collections that in all
comprise more than 20,000 specimens of reptiles and amphibians now
deposited in the Museum. During July and August, 1940, he was able
to study the collection of the late Dr. Alfredo Dugés, which contains
many type specimens of Mexican reptiles and amphibians.
_ Dr. E. A. Chapin, curator of insects, spent 5 weeks on the island
of Jamaica during April and May, 1941. Arriving there on April
22, he was met at customs by C. B. Lewis, curator of natural history
of the Jamaica Institute, who during the entire period of work
assisted in various ways. Special trips arranged by Mr. Lewis in-
cluded a day on Goat Island, 1 on Portland Ridge, 2 at Cuna Cuna
‘Pass, and a 4-day stay at Cinchona in the Blue Mountains. Except
for 8 days spent in and around Savanna-la-Mar, headquarters was
maintained near Kingston and short trips were made out from that
point. Because of the poor showing made in certain groups in 1987,
it was decided to concentrate on the termite and ant faunas. In
addition to various rare beetles, at least 18 species of termites, mostly
of the type living in hardwood, were found, and at least 3 of them
are additions to the Jamaica list. Other results of the work include
the establishment of very pleasant relations with the Jamaica Insti-
tute and the Government Entomologist’s Office.

The United States Antarctic Service expedition returned from a
year’s stay in the Antarctic with very valuable material consisting
of mammals, birds, and a considerable collection of lower crypto-
gamic plants. The Museum was represented in this work by Herwil
M. Bryant. J. E. Perkins and M. J. Lobell were detailed to the
expedition by the Fish and Wildlife Service of the Department of
the Interior.

Local field work in nearby Maryland and Virginia by various
members of the staff has included investigations of Dr. L. P. Schultz

REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 29

on fresh-water fishes. Botanists of the staff gathered material for
a proposed new Flora of the District of Columbia, the object sought
being a thorough knowledge of the Washington-Baltimore region.

Geology—Under a cooperative arrangement with the United
“States Geological Survey, Dr. W. F. Foshag, curator of mineralogy
and petrology, accompanied by Carl Fries, of the Geological Survey
staff, made a 3-month survey of the tin resources of Mexico. All
‘the important mining districts of Mexico included within the states
of Michoacin, Hidalgo, San Luis Potosi, Queretaro, Aguascalientes,
Jalisco, Zacatecas, and Durango were visited and the deposits studied
as to their geology, mineralogy, and commercial potentialities. The
largest potential deposits are the placer sands derived from granite
intrusions in San Luis Potosi. The deposits in the rhyolitic rocks
are, in most cases, small and of little importance.

Dr. C. E. Resser, curator of stratigraphic paleontology, spent 3
months in field work, chiefly in the Rocky Mountains, assisted by
Charles H. Frey, 3d, of Lancaster, Pa. Dr. Resser left Washing-
ton on June 25, making first a brief stop in southwestern Virginia.
His next objective was the Cambrian section in the Ozark Mountains,
where several days’ work enabled him to familiarize himself with
these strata. Only indifferent fossils were found, as most of the
Cambrian rock does not carry fossils. He continued then to examine
Cambrian deposits in Colorado in the Front, Mosquito, and Sawatch
Ranges and the Glenwood Springs Canyon. Ten days in the State
permitted examination of several sections. Dr. T. 8. Lovering, of
Ohio State University, who was mapping the region about Gilman,
assisted materially in showing the sections there. At the Grand
Canyon National Park in Arizona Dr. Resser examined new localities
under the guidance of Park Naturalist Edwin McKee during a 3-
day trip to Peach Springs and Meriwitica Canyons, 150 miles west
of Grand Canyon Village. Some fossils were found and physical
measurements made. In the Wasatch Mountains the party checked
on the position of certain faunas and on the stratigraphy, which had
been questioned. Fine collections were made at critical points. At
the Green River Lakes, one of the most beautiful spots in America,
Dr. Resser’s party found a section 850 to 1,000 feet thick, representing
both Middle and Upper Cambrian, carrying a few fossils. Several
sections were studied in Montana, notably on Squaw Creek in the
Gallatin Range, Newland Creek, Little Birch Creek, and Deep Creek
in the Belt Mountains, and several localities near Three Forks, Mont.
Particularly fine material was secured at several of these localities.
Advantage was taken of the new road constituting the northeastern
entrance to the Yellowstone to study the excellent section at Bear-
tooth Butte. Here some good collections were made. On the return

30 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1941

journey a new section across the Big Horn Mountains was seen
along Shell Creek, and about a week was spent in the Black Hills.
During an earlier trip from May 5 to 15 to southwestern Virginia
and eastern Tennessee Dr. Resser examined outcrops of the belt
west of Clinch Mountain to ascertain the faunal content of the Mary-
ville formation. Fossils were scarce and very difficult to free from
the matrix. A visit to Austinville, Va., furnished some excellent
fossils, and observations confirmed earlier interpretation of the stra-
tigraphy. The exact stratigraphic position of a new brachiopod
related to WVisusia—as yet undescribed—was discovered.

In August 1940 Dr. G. Arthur Cooper, assistant curator of strati-
graphic paleontology, joined Mrs. J. H. Renfro and daughter in
Fort Worth and with the guidance of these expert collectors collected
Pennsylvanian fossils in the region around Jacksboro and Graham
in north-central Texas. An abundance of fine material for the
biological series was obtained. Following 2 weeks in north-central
Texas, Dr. Cooper went to the Glass Mountains in west Texas, where
he spent another 2 weeks collecting limestone containing silicified
specimens. About a ton of blocks was sent back to Washington,
where almost half the material has since been etched with acid,
yielding very beautiful rare fossils that preserve the delicate spines,
and peculiar features of the interior of the animals concerned in a
truly remarkable way. Proceeding to west Tennessee he collected
Silurian and Lower Devonian fossils along the Tennessee River in
localities that soon will be lost through the impounding of water
behind the Gilbertsville, Ky., dam. At places the Silurian in this
part of Tennessee teems with fossils of many kinds and fine col-
lections were obtained, including new forms as well as many others
not previously present in the collections. From there he went east
to Murfreesboro, Tenn., where he joined Dr. Josiah Bridge, of the
United States Geological Survey. They spent 10 days in the Central
Basin of Tennessee collecting the fossils and studying the rocks of
the Stones River (Ordovician) group, as problems of correlation
never satisfactorily solved exist in this area.

As the vertebrate paleontological field exploration under Dr. C.
L. Gazin, assistant curator of vertebrate paleontology, extended into
the present year, but brief mention was made of it in last year’s
report. The expedition, into central Utah and southwestern Wy-
oming, was a continuation of previous investigations. In the Upper
Cretaceous several additional lizard skeletons were collected; and
in the Paleocene a considerable number of fragmentary mammal
specimens. Interesting new forms contribute information to the
known fauna of the Dragon formation. The bulk of the season
was spent in the Bridger formation of the Eocene in southwestern

REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 31

Wyoming, where 149 lots of fossil specimens were obtained. A
skeleton of Uintatherium complete enough to articulate for exhi-
bition, probably the most complete skeleton of this animal yet dis-
covered, was the outstanding specimen collected. Partial skeletons
of Palaeosyops are also of high importance.

Short trips to the Miocene along Chesapeake Bay for cetacean
remains were made by Dr. Remington Kellogg and other members
of the staff. Many specimens from this unique fauna have been
added to the collections.

MISCELLANEOUS

Visitors—A_ total of 2,505,871 visitors at the various Museum
buildings was recorded during the year, this being virtually the
same as for the previous year. The high months this year were
August 1940 and April 1941, when 369,942 and 320,594 visitors, re-
spectively, were recorded. The attendance in the four Museum
buildings was as follows: Smithsonian Building (main hall closed
from July 1 to January 19), 212,464; Arts and Industries Building,
1,302,210; Natural History Building, 803,516; Aircraft Building
(closed from March 17 to June 30), 182,112.

Publications and printing—The sum of $23,000 was available
during the fiscal year 1941 for the publication of the annual report,
Bulletins, and Proceedings. Twenty-five publications were issued—
the annual report, 1 Bulletin, 1 volume of Bulletin 100, 1 separate
paper from another volume of Bulletin 100, 1 title page, table of
contents, and index of the Contributions from the United States
National Herbarium, 19 separate Proceedings papers, and 1 title
page, table of contents, and index of a Proceedings volume. Par-
ticularly outstanding were the following: “Life Histories of North
American Cuckoos, Goatsuckers, Hummingbirds, and Their Allies,”
by Arthur Cleveland Bent (Bulletin 176) ; “The Fishes of the Groups
Elasmobranchii, Holocephali, Isospondyli, and Ostariophysi Ob-
tained by the United States Bureau of Fisheries Steamer Albatross
in 1907 to 1910, Chiefly in the Philippine Islands and Adjacent Seas,”
by Henry W. Fowler (Bulletin 100, volume 13); “Further Studies
on the Opalinid Ciliate Infusorians and Their Hosts,” by Maynard
M. Metcalf; “The Cuban Operculate Land Mollusks of the Family
Annulariidae, Exclusive of the Subfamily Chondropominae,” by
Carlos de la Torre and Paul Bartsch; “A Supposed Jellyfish from
the Pre-Cambrian of the Grand Canyon,” by R. S. Bassler; “Notes
on Birds of the Guatemalan Highlands,” by Alexander Wetmore;
and “The Chicora (Butler County, Pa.) Meteorite,” by F. W. Preston,
HK. P. Henderson, and James R. Randolph.

32 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1941

Volumes and separates distributed during the year to libraries,
institutions, and individuals throughout the world aggregated 52,170
copies.

Special exhibits —Fourteen special exhibits were held during the
year under the auspices of various educational, scientific, recreational,
and governmental groups. In addition the department of engineer-
ing and industries arranged 17 special displays—8 in graphic arts
and 9 in photography.

CHANGES IN ORGANIZATION AND STAFF

In the department of anthropology, Dr. Joseph E. Weckler, Jr.,
was appointed assistant curator, division of ethnology, on March 1,
1941.

In the department of biology, on the retirement of Gerrit S. Miller,
Jr., curator of the division of mammals, the duties of this office
were, on January 1, 1941, assumed by Dr. Remington Kellogg, ad-
vanced from the position of assistant curator. To the division of
insects Dr. Richard E. Blackwelder was appointed as assistant
curator on October 1, 19406; to the section of taxidermy Edgar G.
Laybourne was appointed senior scientific aid on March 20, 1941,
and to the division of birds, John S. Webb was appointed scientific
aid on August 1, 1940.

In the department of engineering and industries; to the division
of graphic arts Irwin Lefcourt was appointed scientific aid, on
September 3, 1940. ;

Other changes in appointment on the staff were as follows: Elisa-
beth P. Hobbs to assistant librarian, on March 16, 1941; Ralph A.
Silbaugh, foreman of laborers, on January 16, 1941; David L. Hubbs
to acting foreman of laborers, on September 1, 1940; Ernest Desantis
to lieutenant of guard, on July 1, 1940; and two principal guards
(sergeants), James C. Clarke, on July 1, 1940, and Bascom F. Gordon,
on March 16, 1941.

Honorary appointments in connection with the National Museum
collections were made by the Smithsonian Institution as follows:
On July 1, 1940, Walter W. Taylor, Jr., as collaborator in the de-
partment of anthropology; on January 1, 1941, Gerrit S. Miller, Jr.,
as associate in the department of biology.

The scientific staff lost the services of Miss Margaret W. Moodey,
by resignation, on May 81, 1941.

Five employees were furloughed indefinitely for military service,
namely: Robert E. Kirk, on October 4, 1940; John J. Queeney, on
August 15, 1940; Charles E. Stousland, on November 27, 1940;
Charles A. Bono, on May 21, 1941, and George V. Worthington,
on August 21, 1940.

REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 33

During the year 13 persons were retired, as follows: Through age:
Gerrit S. Miller, Jr., curator, division of mammals, on December 381,
1940, with 40 years 10 months of service; Gertrude L. Woodin, as-
sistant librarian, on January 31, 1941, with 34 years 11 months of
service; Joseph T. Saylor, foreman of laborers, on December 31, 1940,
with 30 years 8 months service; David H. Zirkle, guard, on June
30, 1941, wtih 15 years of service; Hattie L. Henson, charwoman, on
March 31, 1941, with 19 years 6 months of service; and Emma D.
Whitley, charwoman, on March 31, 1941, with 15 years of service.

Through optional retirement: Anne J. B. DePue, telephone oper-
ator, on November 30, 1940, with 40 years 5 months of service; and
Donald MacDonald, guard, on September 30, 1940, with 33 years 9
months of service. ‘

Through disability retirement: Trezzvant Anderson, guard, on
March 31, 1941; Eugene Smith, guard, on June 18, 1941; Anna M.
Bowie, laborer, on March 14, 1941; Charles Davis, laborer, on June 30,
1941, and Lish Myers, laborer, on April 30, 1941.

Through death, the Museum lost during the year two employees
from its active roll, Clayton R. Denmark, engineer, on December 22,
1940, and William G. Shields, guard, on May 31, 1941. From its
list of honorary workers, the Museum lost by death, on January 12,
1941, Charles W. Stiles, associate in zoology, division of marine in-
vertebrates, since April 17, 1894, and on June 4, 1941, David I. Bush-
nell, Jr., who served temporarily from May to June 1918 as archeolo-
gist and from July 27, 1982, to his death as collaborator
in anthropology.

Respectfully submitted.

ALEXANDER Wetmore, Assistant Secretary.

Dr. C. G. AxBsor,

Secretary, Smithsonian Institution.

APPENDIX 2

REPORT ON THE NATIONAL GALLERY OF ART

Sir: I have the honor to submit, on behalf of the Board of Trustees
of the National Gallery of Art, the fourth annual report of the Board
covering its operations for the fiscal year ended June 30, 1941.

Such report is being made pursuant to the provisions of the act of
March 24, 1937 (50 Stat. 51), as amended by the public resolution of
April 18, 1939 (Pub. Res. No. 9, 76th Cong.). Under this act Con-
gress created, in the Smithsonian Institution, a bureau to be directed
by a board to be known as the “Trustees of the National Gallery of
Art,” charged with the maintenance and administration of the Na-
tional Gallery of Art, appropriated to the Smithsonian Institution
the area bounded by Seventh Street, Constitution Avenue, Fourth
Street, and North Mall Drive (now Madison Drive) Northwest, in the
District of Columbia, as a site for a National Gallery of Art, and
authorized the Smithsonian Institution to permit The A. W. Mellon
Educational and Charitable Trust, a public charitable trust estab-
lished by the late Hon. Andrew W. Mellon, of Pittsburgh, Pa., to
construct thereon a building to be designated the “National Gallery of
Art.” Further, the act authorizes the Board to accept, for the Smith-
sonian Institution, and to hold and administer gifts, bequests, and
devises of money, securities, or other property for the benefit of the
National Gallery of Art; also, under the creating act, the United States
is pledged to provide such funds as may be necessary for the upkeep
of the National Gallery of Art and the administrative expenses and
costs of operation thereof, including the protection and care of the
works of art so that the Gallery shall at all times be properly main-
tained and the works of art exhibited regularly to the general public,
free of charge.

COMPLETION AND OCCUPATION OF THE GALLERY BUILDING

Formal notice of the completion of the National Gallery of Art
project, calling for the construction of the Gallery building and the
landscaping of the area appropriated for the site of the National
Gallery of Art, in accordance with plans and specifications approved
by the Commission of Fine Arts, was given by the Trustees of The
A. W. Mellon Educational and Charitable Trust under date of No-
vember 30, 1940, to the Trustees of the National Gallery of Art and
the Smithsonian Institution, and as provided in the trust indenture

34

~ REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 35

dated June 24, 1937, the legal title to the building was deemed forth-
with to be vested in the Smithsonian Institution, of which the National
Gallery of Art is a bureau, and the maintenance and administration
of the building and site became the exclusive and sole obligation of
the Trustees of the National Gallery of Art. A copy of the notice of
completion is attached to this report, as exhibit A (not printed).

The Gallery building was turned over to the Trustees of the Gallery
on December 1, 1940, and fellowing inspection and upon certification
by Eggers and Higgins, successors of John Russell Pope, architect
for the Gallery, as to the final completion of the project, the Trustees
of the Gallery, at a meeting held December 10, 1940, formally accepted.
the Gallery project. Copy of the architect’s certificate is attached
to this report, as exhibit B (not printed). At this meeting the mem-
bers of the Board expressed great satisfaction with the construction
of the Gallery building, as finally completed, and their appreciation
of the efforts of the Trustees of The A. W. Mellon Educational and
Charitable Trust, the surviving Trustees being Paul Mellon, Donald
D. Shepard, and David K. E. Bruce, in the erection of a Gallery build-
ing of such monumental character and such outstanding architectural
merit.

The Trustees have been apprised that the total cost of the Gallery,
including approaches and the landscaping of the site, amounted to
$15,035,597.50.

The small nucleus of the Gallery staff, which was housed in offices
furnished by The A. W. Mellon Educational and Charitable Trust,
moved into the building on November 27, 1940, and proceeded with
the work of installation of furnishings and equipment. By Decem-
ber 1, 1940, the nuclear staff, consisting of curatorial and clerical
employees, mechanical, guard, and cleaning force, had been organ-
ized sufficiently to take over the administration and maintenance
of the Gallery building by the Trustees.

During the first days of January 1941, the works of art in the
Mellon Collection were moved into the building, and during January,
February, and March the works of art in the Kress Collection were
received from New York.

Installation of the works of art in the two collections in the gal-
leries prepared for them was undertaken immediately upon their
receipt in the new building, and was completed the first week of
March.

DEDICATION CEREMONIES AND OPENING OF
THE GALLERY TO THE PUBLIC

On the evening of March 17, 1941, 8,822 invited guests attended
the opening ceremonies. Included among the invited guests were
the members of the Cabinet, Senate, and House of Representatives,

36 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1941

Government officials, the diplomatic corps, artists, art critics, heads
of educational institutions, persons generally interested in art, and
other distinguished guests.

The ceremonies, a half-hour program, with Chief Justice Charles
Evans Hughes as the presiding officer, began at 10 o’clock, with an
invocation by the Reverend ZeBarney Thorne Phillips, Chaplain of
the Senate. Following a brief talk by the Chief Justice on the
object and purposes of the Gallery preject, Paul Mellon, son of the
late Andrew W. Mellon, the donor of the Gallery, on behalf of his
father and the Trustees of the Mellon Trust, presented the Gallery
and the Mellon Collection to the Nation. Samuel H. Kress then
presented the Kress Collection of Italian paintings to the Gallery.
The President of the United States accepted the Gallery and the
Mellon and Kress Collections on behalf of the people of the United
States. A copy of the President’s address, and that of Chief Justice
Hughes, are attached to this report, as exhibit C (not printed). The
ceremonies closed with the National Anthem, led by the United
States Marine Band. During the early part of the evening, there
was a preview of the Gallery collections. Orchestras played in the
garden courts, decorated with the famous Widener collection of
acacias, which had been given to the Nation for the joint use of the
Gallery and the United States Botanic Garden, and tropical plants.

On the following day, March 18, 1941, the Gallery was opened to
the public and was viewed by large crowds. In accordance with
the decision of the Board of Trustees, the Gallery building is open
every day in the year, except Christmas and New Year’s day. The
hours are 10 a. m. to 5 p. m. on week days and 2 p. m. to 5 p. m. on
Sundays.

ORGANIZATION AND STAFF

The statutory members of the Board are the Chief Justice of the
United States, the Secretary of State, the Secretary of the Treasury,
and the Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution, ex officio, and five
general trustees. The general trustees, serving during the fiscal year
ended June 30, 1941, were David K. E. Bruce, Duncan Phillips,
Ferdinand Lammot Belin, Joseph E. Widener, and Samuel H. Kress.
In May 1941 the general trustees elected Ferdinand Lammot Belin,
whose term of office would expire on July 1, 1941, to succeed himself
as a general trustee, to serve as such until July 1, 1951. At the
meeting of the Board held on June 20, 1941, the resignation of Chief
Justice Charles Evans Hughes was accepted by the Trustees with
great regret, to take effect July 1, 1941, and in doing so the Board
adopted the following resolutions:

Whereas the Honorable Charles Evans Hughes has resigned as Chief Justice
of the United States and has consequently tendered his resignation as Chairman

REPORT OF THE SECRETARY a7

of the Board of Trustees of the National Gallery of Art, effective July 1, 1941;

And whereas the Board of Trustees has learned of his resignation with
profound regret ;

Therefore, be it resolved, That the members of the Board of Trustees record
their sense of the loss which the Gallery has sustained in being deprived of the
services of Chief Justice Hughes;

And be it also resolved, That the Board hereby expresses its grateful apprecia-
tion for the devotion with which he has carried out his duties as Chairman,
and for the wisdom and unfailing courtesy with which he has guided the affairs
of the National Gallery during the critical years of its formative period;

And be it further resolved, That the Board wishes to express to him its high
regard and best wishes that he may enjoy many years of health and happiness
after his long career of distinguished public service to his country.

Pursuant to the provision of the act of March 24, 1937, the newly
appointed Chief Justice of the United States, the Honorable Harlan
F. Stone, who succeeds Chief Justice Hughes, will serve as an ex
officio trustee of the Gallery.

The Board at its annual meeting held February 10, 1941, reelected
David K. E. Bruce, President, and Ferdinand Lammot Belin was
reelected Vice President of the Board to serve for the ensuing year.
The executive officers who continued in office were Donald D. Shepard,
Secretary-Treasurer and General Counsel; David E. Finley, Director ;
Harry A. McBride, Administrator; John Walker, Chief Curator; and
Macgill James, Assistant Director. Other officers of the Gallery con-
tinuing in office were Charles Seymour, Jr., curator of sculpture;
George T. Heckert, assistant to the administrator; and Sterling P.
Eagleton, chief engineer and building superintendent. During the
year Charles Zinsher was appointed assistant treasurer and the fol-
lowing honorary officers were appointed by the Board: Alexander
R. Reed, building consultant; Alfred Geiffert, Jr., consultant land-
scape architect; and William A. Frederick, consultant horticulturist.

The three standing committees of the Board, provided for in the
bylaws, as constituted at the annual meeting of the Board, held
February 10, 1941, were:

EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE

Chief Justice of the United States, Charles Evans Hughes.
The Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution, Dr. C. G. Abbot.
David K. E. Bruce.

Ferdinand Lammot Belin.

Duncan Phillips.

FINANCE COMMITTEE

The Secretary of the Treasury, Henry Morgenthau, Jr.
The Secretary of State, Cordell Hull.

David K. H. Bruce.

Ferdinand Lammot Belin.

Samuel H. Kress.

38 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1941
ACQUISITIONS COMMITTEE

David K. E. Bruce,
Dunean Phillips.

Joseph E. Widener.
Ferdinand Lammot Belin.
David E. Finley.

Other standing committees appointed by the Board during the
year: A committee to make recommendations as to the acceptance
or rejection of gifts of property other than works of art, monies,
and securities; a committee on public relations; and a committee on
the building.

During the first half of the year all of the civil service positions
for the Gallery staff had been classified and by March 1, 1941, prac-
tically all of the initial staff of the Gallery, including the curatorial,
clerical, custodial, and maintenance personnel had been employed.
On June 30, 1941, 229 civil service employees were on the Gallery
staff. Among such employees were the chief docent, the librarian,
and the registrar.

The cataloging of the works of art was completed so that it was
possible to issue the first catalog of the National Gallery by March
17, 1941, the date of the opening.

The guard force was organized to assure not only efficiency in
the protection of the works of art and of the building and grounds,
but also to assure a high quality of service to the public.

APPROPRIATIONS

For salaries and expenses, for the upkeep and operation of the
National Gallery of Art, the protection and care of the works of art
therein, and all administrative expenses incident thereto, as author-
ized by the act of March 24, 1937 (50 Stat. 51), as amended by the
public resolution of April 13, 1939 (Pub. Res. No. 9, 76th Cong.),
there was appropriated for the fiscal year ending June 30, 1942, the
sum of $533,300. Of the $300,000 appropriated by Congress for
the period July 1, 1940, to June 30, 1941 (54 Stat. 137), $298,548.14
was expended or encumbered, in the following detailed amounts, for
personal services, printing and binding, and supplies and equipment,
leaving an unencumbered appropriation of $1,456.86. This appropri-
ation was based, of course, upon part-year operation and expendi-
tures were made therefrom as follows:

EXPENDITURES AND ENCUMBRANCES

IP ELSON All SET VA COGS eee See AON Eis le ieee So $171, 786. 18
Erevan hol [ebb 7, 352. 51
Suppliesiand eq wir era hee rp ales 119, 404. 45

To tale wee nee er ante neeaee one aE $298, 548. 14

REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 39
ATTENDANCE

The total attendance from March 17 to June 80, the end of the
fiscal year, was 798,156, an average of 7,529 persons per day. The
greatest number of visitors in any one day was 24,745 on March 23,
1941.

A booklet of general information on the Gallery, containing a check
list of paintings and sculpture and floor plans, supphed from Gov-
ernment funds, has been found of great assistance to the visitors to
the Gallery. There is no charge for this booklet and a copy is
given to visitors who request one.

PUBLICATIONS FUND

Through the Publications Fund it was possible to have ready for
the opening of the Gallery, not only a catalog, but also a complete
Book of Illustrations of all the works of art in the collections of the
National Gallery; color reproductions; and postcards, both in color
and in black and white. These publications are on sale at moderate
cost in the Information Rooms.

ACQUISITIONS

GIFTS OF PRINTS

On March 13, 1941, the Board of Trustees accepted from Miss
Ellen T. Bullard and three anonymous donors a number of important
prints; and again on June 20, 1941, the Board accepted a number of
additional important prints from one of the anonymous donors who
had previously made a gift of prints to the Gallery, all of which are
listed in exhibit D (not printed). Also on June 20, 1941, the Board
accepted as a gift from Lessing Rosenwald of Jenkintown, Pa., a
collection of important engravings, etchings, and woodcuts, which
are listed in exhibit D (not printed).

GIFTS OF PAINTINGS

On February 10, 1941, the Board of Trustees accepted from Mrs.
Felix M. Warburg the gift of two valuable paintings:
Triptych attributed to the School of Pietro Lorenzetti
“The Preaching of Savonarola,’ by Domenico Morone
as a memorial to her husband, the late Felix M. Warburg. The
paintings have been received and will be exhibited with the Perma-
nent Collection.
On June 20, 1941, the Board of Trustees accepted from Duncan
Phillips, a trustee of the Gallery, the gift of an important painting
421999—41——-4

40 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1941

by Honoré Daumier, entitled “Advice to a Young Artist,” for ex-
hibition with the Permanent Collection. Also on June 20, 1941, the
Board accepted from Mrs. David K. E. Bruce the gift of a portrait of
her father, the late Andrew W. Mellon, by Oswald Birley, which has
been hung over the mantel in the Founder’s Room.

During the year other offers of gifts of works of art were received
but were not accepted because, in the opinion of the Board, they were
not considered to be desirable acquisitions for the Permanent Collec-
tion as contemplated by section 5 of the act of March 24, 1937 (50

Stat. 51).
OTHER GIFTS

During the year there were also gifts to the Gallery of furnishings,
equipment, materials and supphes, ornamental trees and plants, books
and publications, from the Trustees of The A. W. Mellon Educational
and Charitable Trust and others.

SALE OR EXCHANGE OF WORKS OF ART

During the year no works of art belonging to the Gallery were sold
or exchanged.

LOANS OF WORKS OF ART TO THE GALLERY

During the year the following works of art were received on loan:

An anonymous loan:

20 Rembrandt prints—listed on the attached exhibit D (not printed).

From Dr. Horace Binney, of Milton, Mass. :

A portrait of his ancestor, the Honorable Horace Binney, by Gilbert Stuart.

From Chester Dale, of New York, the following paintings of the
American School:

Artist Subject

John Smibert______ Portrait of Oxenbridge Thacher of Milton.
Thomas Sully_____. The Sicard David Children—Julia, Ferdinand, and Stephen.
Jeremiah Theus___- Portrait of a Woman in Red Dress.
John Neagle_______ Portrait of John Rush.
Thomas Sully_____- Portrait of Mrs. William Griffin.
S. F. B. Morse____- Portrait of Mrs. Henry John Auchmuty.

1 D Xo ease es ee eee Portrait of a Lady.

From Samuel H. Kress and the Samuel H. Kvess Foundation:
43 paintings and 22 pieces of sculpture, listed in exhibit D (not printed).

From The A. W. Mellon Educational and Charitable Trust:

187 paintings, many of which were formerly in the Clarke Collection, for an
indefinite period to be held for study, exhibition, or use as may be provided by.
the acquisitions committee. (See exhibit D, not printed.) The following paint-

REPORT OF THE SECRETARY Al

ings from the collection have been placed on exhibition as loans:

Artist Subject
RODE Me kes rele mise rhe eek ee Bees Williamina Moore.
Gilbert? Stuarts ee ae ee ee Richard Yates.
eter kas eles on Ee ese Seat Le George Washington
IN) pa ea Ey George Pollock.
5 (0 ak ee ee ee eae Joseph Anthony.
JohnUWollastone-2 222 ="--- ee Mary Walton Morris.

From Duncan Phillips, a trustee of the Gallery:

Artist Subject
(COTO Gee a a a Be ee, INNS IDAiAy IMATE,
CGY BT 6) OY 35 ec Ee ete ae Ua ee The Roeks at Ornans.

From John Cooper Wiley:

Russian icon of the thirteenth century, for study and exhibition in the collec-
tion if considered desirable.

LOAN OF WORKS OF ART BY THE GALLERY

During the year no works of art belonging to the Gallery were
placed on loan.

RESTORATION AND REPAIRS TO WORKS OF ART

During the year, as authorized by the Board and with the approval
of the Director and the Chief Curator, Stephen Pichetto, consult-
ant restorer to the Gallery, has undertaken such work of restoration
and repair of paintings and sculpture in the collection as has been
found to be necessary.

Prior to the opening of the Gallery to the public, the work was
done at Mr. Pichetto’s studio in New York, and all works of art
have been returned in excellent condition. Since March 17, 1941,
such ‘work has been carried on in the restorer’s rooms at the

Gallery.

CURATORIAL DEPARTMENT

‘The curatorial work during the first part of the year consisted
in installing the National Gallery collections and completing the
work on the catalog. The catalog was issued at the opening of the
Gallery, and contains brief biographies of all the artists, descriptions
of the works of art, and notes indicating the date or approximate
date of the paintings and sculpture with such factual information as
may be of interest to the student. A book of illustrations of the
paintings and sculpture in the National Gallery was also issued under
the supervision of the curatorial staff.

During the year 619. works of art were submitted to the acquisi-
tions committee with recommendations as to the acceptability for

42 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1941

the collection of the National Gallery; 16 visits were made to private
collections by various members of the staff in connection with offers
of gift or loan; expert opinion on 61 works of art was given verbally
to various members of the public; and 101 letters were written to
persons asking for historical data or other information regarding
works of art in their possession.

The curatorial staff also supervised the arrangement of temporary
exhibitions held by the Gallery and assisted in the work of the

Educational Department.

EDUCATIONAL PROGRAM

The docent staff has been organized so that there are at least two
public gallery tours every day and two auditorium lectures every
week. This program of instruction for the public has been found
to meet a definite need. During the period from March 18 to June
30, 1941, 11,324 persons came to the Gallery as members of special
groups or organizations desiring special guidance by members of
the docent staff. Many of these were school and college groups,
including both instructors and students, from practically every State
in the Union.

Two thousand eight hundred and eighty-two individuals have
been conducted through the Gallery by members of the docent staff
in special gallery tours, available to the general public. Two thou-
sand four hundred and eighty individuals have attended auditorium
lectures on the collection presented twice a week by members of the
docent staff, beginning April 8, 1941.

In addition, members of the docent staff have conducted private
and group conferences for 288 teachers and other individuals inter-
ested in and learning about the Gallery and the collection.

LIBRARY

Books and catalogs to the number of 162 were presented to the
Gallery; 196 publications were acquired through exchange; and 51
books were purchased.

PHOTOGRAPHIC DEPARTMENT

Since February 16, 1941, 6,356 prints have been made by the
photographic laboratory. Many were used in connection with the
opening of the Gallery on March 17, 1941. Others are on file in the
library, where they are for sale and for the use of the Gallery staff.
Lantern slides made for use in connection with free public lectures
in the Gallery numbered 341.

REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 43
EXHIBITIONS

From May 15 to June 5, 1941, an exhibition was held in the central
gallery on the ground floor, of 200 American water colors selected
by John Marin, Charles Burchfield, Buk Ulreich, and Eliot O’Hara
from a National Competition for the Carville, La., Marine Hospital,
held by the Section of Fine Arts, Federal Works Agency, Public
Buildings Administration. This was the first loan exhibition held at
the Gallery and proved a popular one both with the public and with

the critics.
MEMORIAL TABLET

At the annual meeting of the Board, on February 10, 1941, the
Board authorized the erection of a memorial tablet to the late
Andrew W. Mellon, with an inscription in the wording appearing
immediately below, under a bas-relief portrait of Mr. Mellon to be

done in marble:
ANDREW WILLIAM MELLON

1855-1937

He gave the Building, with
his Collection, for the founding
of this National Gallery of Art.

For the whole earth is the sepulchre of
famous men; and their story is not graven
only on stone over their native earth, but.
lives on far away, without visible symbol,
woven into the stuff of other men’s lives.

This tablet was installed, prior to the opening of the Gallery, be-
tween the then two free standing pillars in the lobby, facing the
Constitution Avenue entrance of the Gallery. The bas-relief portrait
was executed by Jo Davidson. The cost of the work was contributed
by The A. W. Mellon Educational and Charitable Trust.

COMMEMORATIVE TABLET ON THE ERECTION OF THE BUILDING

Also prior to the opening of the Gallery, the Board authorized,
and there was installed in the building, a bronze tablet recording
the history of the erection of the building, with the names of the
donor and others who rendered valuable aid toward the completion
of the Gallery project.

MEMORIAL PANELS TO BENEFACTORS OF THE NATIONAL GALLERY OF ART

At the annual meeting of the Board, held February 10, 1941, the
Board set aside the four marble panels on the east and west walls

44 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1941

of the Constitution Avenue entrance lobby for the names of impor-
tant donors to the Gallery, and arranged for the carving at the top
of one of the panels the words, “Principal Benefactors of the
National Gallery of Art,” and beneath, the names “Andrew William
Mellon” and “Samuel Henry Kress.” The Board further authorized
having such names carved in future as may be authorized by it. The
carving authorized by the Board was completed before the opening
of the Gallery.

AUDIT OF PRIVATE FUNDS OF THE GALLERY

An audit has been made of the private funds of the National
Gallery of Art for the year ended June 30, 1941, by Price, Water-
house & Co., a nationally known firm of public accountants, and the
certificate of that company on its examination of the accounting
records maintained for such funds has been submitted to the Gal-
lery. The financial statement referred to above is attached to this
report, as exhibit E (not printed).

Respectfully submitted.

F. L. Beurn, Vice President.

Dr. C. G. Axszor,

Secretary, Smithsonian Institution.

APPENDIX 3

REPORT ON THE NATIONAL COLLECTION OF FINE ARTS

Sir: I have the honor to submit the following report on the activ-
ities of the National Collection of Fine Arts for the fiscal year ended
June 30, 1941:

Two bequests were received, namely, $5,000 from the Cornelia Liv-
ingston Pell Estate of New York, and $10,000 from the Julia D.
Strong Estate of Washington, D. C.

Several proffered gifts of etchings, miniatures, and paintings have
been deposited here to be passed upon by the Smithsonian Art
Commission in December 1941.

Kight special exhibitions were held in the foyer involving the
installation of over 900 specimens. Eight special Graphic Arts
exhibits were shown in the lobby because of alterations in the
Smithsonian Building.

Three paintings were restored for the Comptroller of the Currency,
Treasury Department: “Portrait of Charles G. Dawes,” by Zorn,
“Portrait of Henry W. Cannon,” by T. W. Wood, and “Portrait
of John Jay Knox,” by Eastman Johnson.

Illustrated lectures were delivered by Mr. Tolman, the Acting
Director, before the American Association of University Women
on January 30, 1941, and before a group of young Italian art lovers
at the Ambassador Hotel on February 19, 1941.

APPROPRIATIONS

For the administration of the National Collection of Fine Arts
by the Smithsonian Institution, including compensation of necessary
employees, purchase of books of reference and periodicals, traveling
expenses, uniforms for guards, and necessary incidental expenses,
$41,715 was appropriated, of which $32,006.84 was expended for the
care and maintenance of the Freer Gallery of Art, a unit of the
National Collection of Fine Arts, and $1,585 for the salary for 11
months of one clerk in the Smithsonian Institution. The balance
of $8,123.16 was spent for the care and upkeep of the National Col-
lection of Fine Arts, nearly all of this sum being required for the
payment of salaries, traveling expenses, books, periodicals, and
necessary disbursements for the care of the collection.

45

46 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1941
THE SMITHSONIAN ART COMMISSION

The twentieth annual meeting of the Smithsonian Art Commis-
sion was held on December 3, 1940. The members met at 10:30 in
the Natural History Building, where, as the advisory committee on
the acceptance of works of art which had been submitted during
the year, they accepted the following :

“Sunny Slopes,” by Gardner Symons (1863-1980). Gift of Mrs. Louis Betts,
formerly Mrs. Gardner Symons.

“Portrait of George Fuller (1822-1884),” and “Self Portrait,” by William
Baxter Closson (1848-1926). Gift of Mrs. William Baxter Closson.

“Portrait of Dr. William H. Holmes (1846-1933), by Nicholas R. Brewer
(1857-— ). Gift of Mrs. Nicholas Webster, daughter of DeLancey Gill.

After a visit to the National Gallery of Art building, then almost
completed, the members assembled in the regents’ room in the
Smithsonian Building for the further proceedings, the meeting being
called to order by the Chairman, Mr. Borie, at 12:30.

The members present were: Charles L. Borie, Jr., chairman; Frank
Jewett Mather, Jr., vice chairman; Dr. Charles G. Abbot (ex officio),
secretary; and Louis Ayres, Gifford Beal, Gilmore D. Clarke, David
KE. Finley, James E. Fraser, Frederick P. Keppel, John EK. Lodge,
Paul Manship, Edward W. Redfield, and Mahonri M. Young.
Ruel 'P. Tolman, curator of the division of graphic arts in the United
States National Museum and acting director of the National Col-
lection of Fine Arts, was also present.

The following resolutions on the death of Mr. McClellan were
submitted and adopted:

Whereas, the Smithsonian Art Commission has learned of the death on
November 30, 1940, of Col. George B. McClellan, a member of this Commission
Since 1931; therefore be it

Resolved, That the Commission desires to record its sincere sorrow at the
loss of Mr. McClellan, who as a man and a collector had the respect of the
entire Commission. His advice and suggestions were always timely and valu-
able, and as a friend he will be deeply missed.

Resolved, That these resolutions be spread upon the records of the Com-
mission, and that the Secretary of the Commission be requested to convey this
action to the family of Mr. McClellan with an expression of our deepest sympathy
in their bereavement.

A set of rules for the National Portrait Gallery, prepared by Mr.
McClellan, chairman of the executive committee, was submitted.
Professor Mather offered an amendment to rule 3 which was accepted.
By motion, the Commission adopted the entire set of rules as
amended, subject to any later modifications that may be made. They
read:

REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 47

SUGGESTED RULES FOR THE ADMISSION OF PORTRAITS TO THE NATIONAL PORTRAIT
GALLERY PREDICATED ON THOSE OF THE BRITISH NATIONAL PORTRAIT GALLERY

1. Admission of a portrait to the Gallery shall be based primarily on the
celebrity of its subject rather than on its artistic merit. Such celebrity shall
have been acquired from the subject’s contribution to the history or development
of the United States regardless of his or her opinions, words, or deeds.

2. No portrait of any living person shall be admitted to the Gallery unless
such portrait is that of one of a group of persons at least a majority of whom
are dead.

8. No portrait of any person dead less than 20 years shall be admitted to
the Gallery except by unanimous vote by individual ballot of those present at
a meeting of the Commission.

4, No gift or bequest shall be accepted or portrait purchased except by a
three-fourths vote of the members present at the meeting of the Commission.

The Commission recommended to the Board of Regents the re-
election of John E. Lodge, David E. Finley, Edward W. Redfield,
and Paul Manship.

The following officers were reelected for the ensuing year: Charles
L. Borie, Jr., chairman; Frank Jewett Mather, Jr., vice chairman,
and Dr. Charles G. Abbot, secretary.

The following were elected members of the executive committee
for the ensuing year: Herbert Adams, Gilmore D. Clarke, John E.
Lodge. Charles L. Borie, Jr., as chairman of the Commission, and
Dr. Charles G. Abbot, as secretary of the Commission, are ex-officio
members of the executive committee.

The chairman stated that as the competition for the plans for
the Smithsonian Gallery of Art had come to an end and no funds
had been obtained for further work on the project, there was nothing
to report.

Mr. Clarke and the Secretary also addressed the Commission in
regard to the activities connected with the recent competition for
the plans for the Gallery, but no action was taken, although the
members expressed the feeling that the Commission was ready to take
active steps whenever funds were available to advance the project.

THE CATHERINE WALDEN MYER FUND

Three miniatures were acquired from. the fund established through
the bequest of the late Catherine Walden Myer, as follows:

22. “Portrait of a Young Man,” by Moses B. Russell; from Miss Alice G.
Rogers, Old Lyme, Conn.

23. “Le Chevalier Ed. van Cockelberghe de Dulzele of Belgium,” by an
unknown artist ; from Samuel M. Crockett, Lynn, Mass.

24. “Antoinette Bates,’ by Thomas Sully; from Mrs. Eva Wilson Chadbourne,
Washington, D. C.

AS ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1941

LOANS ACCEPTED

Two oil paintings, “My Mother” and “The Dawn,” by E. Hodgson
Smart, were lent by the artist.

Three pastels, “The Cliffs Aflame,” “Portrait (Patsy) ,” and “Sun-
shine and Pine Needles,” and seven cil paintings, “Looking Far
Out,” “The Woodland Way,” “The Butterfly Dance,” “Joyous Child-
hood,” “The Red Barn,” “Peonies,” and “Springtime,” by Wilham
Baxter Closson, were lent by the artist’s widow.

LOANS TO OTHER MUSEUMS AND ORGANIZATIONS

The following five paintings were lent to the Carnegie Institute,
Pittsburgh, Pa., for a Survey of American Painting from October
24 through December 15, 1940: “Sunset, Navarro Ridge, California
Coast,” by Ralph A. Blakelock; “Cliffs of the Upper Colorado
River, Wyoming Territory,” by Thomas Moran; “Moonlight,” by
Albert P. Ryder; “Fired On,” by Frederic Remington, and “Visit
of Nicodemus to Christ,” by John La Farge. (Returned January
7, 1941.)

Two paintings, “The Cup of Death,” by Elihu Vedder, and
“Christ Before Pilate,” by Walter Beck, were lent to the Howard
University Gallery of Art, Washington, D. C., to be included in an
exhibition of Christian Art in connection with the twenty-fourth
annual convecation of the School of Religion from November 12 to
December 23, 1940. (Returned January 9, 1941.)

One painting, “Sheepyard—Moonlight,” by Horatio Walker, was
lent to The Art Gallery of Toronto, Canada, for an exhibition of two
Canadian painters, Horatio Walker and Tom Thomson. The paint-
ing was also shown in the National Gallery of Canada at Ottawa
and the Art Association at Montreal. (Returned April 28, 1941.)

WITHDRAWALS BY OWNERS

Two portraits in pastel, by James Sharples (c.1751-1811), of Gen.
James Miles Hughes (1756-1802), original member of the Society
of the Cincinnati, and Mrs. James Miles Hughes, his wife, were
withdrawn by the owner, Mme. Florian Vurpillot, on November 5,
1940.

Marble bust of Samuel Gompers (1856-1924), by Moses W. Dykaar
(1884-1933), was withdrawn by the owner, The American Federation
of Labor, to be exhibited at the Department of Labor, on November
15, 1940.

An oil painting, “My Mother,” by E. Hodgson Smart, was with-
drawn by the owner, Mr. Smart, on November 30, 1940.

A pastel, “Sunshine and Pine Needles,” by William Baxter Closson
(1848-1926), was withdrawn by the owner, Mrs. William Baxter

REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 49

‘Closson, and presented to Mr. and Mrs. H. D. Drake, Washington,
D. G., on May 5, 1941.

An oil painting, “The Butterfly Dance,” by William Baxter Clos-
son (1848-1926), was withdrawn by the owner, Mrs. William Baxter
Closson, and presented to Miss Elizabeth Peet, Washington, D. C., on
May 5, 1941. —

LOANS RETURNED

An oil painting, “Portrait of Mary Hopkinson (wife of Dr. John
Morgan),” by Benjamin West, lent to the Masterpieces of Art
Exhibition at the New York World’s Fair, 1940, was returned
September 17, 1940.

A bronze statue of Lincoln, by Augustus Saint Gaudens, lent with
the consent of the owners, the estate of Mrs. John Hay, to the New
York World’s Fair for exhibition in the Illinois Building, was
returned November 14, 1940.

- THE NATIONAL COLLECTION OF FINE ARTS REFERENCE LIBRARY

A total of 180 publications, including 146 acquired by purchase
and 5 by transfer, were accessioned during the year.

THE HENRY WARD RANGER FUND

~~ The following two paintings, purchased by the council of the
National Academy of Design from the fund provided by the Henry
Ward Ranger bequest, were recalled for action on the part of the
Smithsonian Art Commission, in accordance with the provision in
the Ranger bequest. The Smithsonian Art Commission decided not
to accept the paintings and they were returned to become the absolute
property of the museums to which they were originally assigned.

“The Offering,’ by Charles W. Hawthorne, N. A. (1872-1930), assigned to
the Cleveland Museum of Art, Cleveland, Ohio, June 12, 1931.

“Gleam on Hilltops,” by Gardner Symons, N. A. (1863-1930), assigned to the
Montclair Art Association, Montclair, N. J., June 2, 1922.

SPECIAL EXHIBITIONS

The following exhibitions were held:

October 8 to 25, 1940.—Special exhibition of 48 pastels, drawings,
and lithographs by Lily E. Smulders.

November 1 to 24, 1940.—The Sixth Annual Metropolitan State
Art Contest, 1940, under the auspices of the Department of Fine
Arts of the District of Columbia Federation of Women’s Clubs.
There were 289 exhibits consisting of paintings, sculpture, and prints
by 158 artists.

December 1, 1940, to January 1, 1941.—Special exhibition of the
work of William Baxter Closson (1848-1926) consisting of 94 oils,

50 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1941

40 pastels, 21 water colors, 112 wood engravings, intaglio and rehef _
prints by the Closson method with tools and necessary materials,
and also medals which had been awarded to him.

January 8 to 29, 1941.—Special exhibition by the National Society
of Pastelists. There were 111 pastels by 17 artists.

February 1 to 26, 1941.—Special exhibition of 22 water colors.
and 21 pastels by Ethel H. Hagen.

May 15 to 19, 1941.—Special exhibition of 42 paintings by Alejan-
dro Pardinas under the patronage of His Excellency the Cuban
Ambassador. .

June 2 to 15, 1941.—Special exhibition of 39 caricatures by Antonio
Sotomayor under the patronage of His Excellency the Bolivian
Minister.

June 3 to 30, 1941.—Special memorial exhibition of 17 color prints
and 50 black and white prints by Bertha E. Jaques (1863-1941).

PUBLICATIONS

ToLMAN, R. P. Report on the National Collection of Fine Arts for the year
ended June 30, 1940. Appendix 3, Report of the Secretary of the
Smithsonian Institution for the year ended June 30, 1940, pp. 38-42.

Catatog of American and European paintings in the Gellatly Collection, 20
pp., 11 pls. 1940.

Lopez, J. E. Report on the Freer Gallery of Art for the year ended June 30,
1940. Appendix 4, Report of the Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution
for the year ended June 30, 1940, pp. 438-48.

Respectfully submitted.
R. P. Totman, Acting Director.

Dr. C. G. Asszor,
Secretary, Smithsonian Institution.

APPENDIX 4
REPORT ON THE FREER GALLERY OF ART

Str: I have thé honor to submit the twenty-first annual report on the
Freer Gallery of Art for the year ended June 30, 1941.

THE COLLECTIONS

Additions to the collections by purchase are as follows:

40.11.
a-b.

40.23.

41.1.

41.6.

41.3.

BRONZE

Chinese, late Shang dynasty, twelfth century B. C. A ceremonial coy-
ered vessel of the type yu. Outside, fairly even patination in shades
of gray green: with flecks~of cuprite; inside, cuprite, azurite, and
malachite with areas of origina! metal; little incrustation; cast in-
scription of one character. 0.361 x 0.269 over all.

Chinese, late Chou dynasty, sixth-third century B. C. A quadruped,
its surface almost entirely covered with linear and countersunk
naturalistic and decorative designs. Smooth, gray-green patina with
scattered incrustations of green and blue. Vent in the belly. 0.115 x
0.182 over all. (Ilustrated.)

Chinese, late Chou dynasty,. fourth century B. C., or earlier. From
Chang-sha. A mirror, patinated in shades of gray with slight incrusta-
tions of malachite and rust on the obverse; five long-necked birds in
linear relief against a background of curl] and feather design on the
reverse. Diameter: 0.164. (Illustrated.)

Chinese, late Chou dynasty, fifth-fourth century B. ©. A garment
hook. Sheathed with silver, gilded and ornamented with inlaid tur-
quoise and other stones; engraved designs showing the silver on the
back: malachite incrustations. Carved wood stand. Length: 0.221.

Chinese, Shang dynasty, fourteenth—-twelfth century B. C. A ceremonial
vessel of the type tui (or chiw). Gray-green patination with scattered
spots of green inside and out; malachite and azurite incrustations on
the bottom. Cast inscription of two characters. - 0.140 x 0.211 over all.

JADE

Chinese, early Chou dynasty or earlier, twelfth century B. C. A cere-
monial blade of mottled gray-green and gray-white nephrite. 0.266 x
0.103 over all.

51

52

41.4.

41.5.

40.16.

40.19.

41.2.

ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1941

JADE AND BRONZE

Chinese, Shang dynasty, twelfth century B. C. A ceremonial imple-
ment: the blade of mottled gray-brown and white nephrite mounted
in bronze closely inlaid with turquoise; socket for vertical shafting ;
scattered malachite incrustations. Length: 0.213.

Chinese, Shang dynasty, twelfth century B. C. A ceremonial weapon
of the type ko: the blade of mottled white nephrite, the tang of
bronze ornamented with turquoise inlay; malachite incrustations.

0.418 x 0.223 over all.
MANUSCRIPTS

Arabie (Persia), thirteenth-fourteenth century. A book bound in
tooled brown leather (repaired): Juz’ XVII of the Qur'an. Text in
thulth script on 144 paper leaves, three lines toa page, with interlinear
‘Persian translation in naskhi script. Tluminated pages, chapter
headings and marginal ornaments. 0.277 x 0.178 (single leaf).
(Illustrated. )

Arabic (Persia?), fourteenth century. An illuminated frontispiece
from an unidentified book. Naskhi script in white on a gold ground;
floral scrolls in gold on dark blue and light green; gold borders.

Paper : 0.393 x 0.290; illumination: 0.276 x 0.214.

PAINTING

Indian, Mughal-Rajput, seventeenth centry. A woman standing.
In color and gold on paper. 0.127 x 0.068.

Indian, Rajput (Deccan), early seventeenth century. A woman receiv-
ing travelers at the door of a house. In opaque color (somewhat
worn) on paper. 0.122 x 0.222

Persian, Mongol (l-Khan) period, early fourteenth century. Two
additional illustrations belonging to our Shahnamah ms. 30.1, painted.
in colors, silver (darkened), black and gold on paper.

Siyawush attended by Rustam receiving the homage of Garsiwaz.
0.095 x 0.115.

Bizhan in bonds before Afrasiyab. 0.092 x 0.115.

Persian, Mongol (11-Khan) period, early 14th century. Two illus-
trations from a Shahndmah, painted in colors, gold and black on
paper. G

Piran presents young Khusraw to Afrasiyab. 0.044 x 0.088.

Prisoners of war brought before Shah Kawius. 0.055 x 0.121.

Persian, sixteenth-seventeenth century. A group of dervishes. Line
drawing in black, red, and blue inks; lightly tinted. 0.163 x 0.100.

Persian, Timurid, fifteenth century. An illustration on a leaf from a
Shahnamah: Shah Kawts and Kai Khusraw approach the sacred
fire. Painted in colors and gold on paper. 0.095 x 0.160.

PORCELAIN AND POTTERY
Chinese, K‘ang Hsi period, seventeenth-eighteenth century. A porce-

lain flask, covered with a luminous, pale green glaze. Date mark
in blue enamel under the foot. Height, 0.210.

PLATE 3

Secretary's Report, 194]1.—Appendix 4

40.22

SOME RECENT ADDITIONS TO THE COLLECTION OF THE FREER GALLERY OF ART.

40

Secretary's Report, 1941.—Appendix 4 PLATE 4

41.1

TO

40.23

SOME RECENT ADDITIONS TO THE COLLECTION OF THE FREER GALLERY OF ART.

REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 53:

41.7. Chinese, Sung dynasty. Incense burner. Soft paste pottery covered
with a glossy, celadon blue glaze. 0.095 x 0.110 over all.

40.22. Persian, Kashan, early fourteenth century. Bowl, of a soft sandy
body ; the decoration painted in gold luster on a white ground.
0.083 x 0.200. (Illustrated.)

_ The work of the curatorial staff has been devoted to the study and
recording of the new acquisitions listed above, and to other Arabic,
Armenian, Chinese, East- Indian, Japanese, Persian, and Syrian art
objects and manuscripts either already in the collection or submitted
for purchase. Other Chinese, Japanese, Arabic, Persian, European,
and American objects were sent or brought to the Director by their
owners for information as to identity, provenance, quality, date, or
inscriptions. In all, 693 objects and 180 photographs of objects were
so submitted, and written or oral reports upon them were made to
the institutions or private owners requesting this service. Written
translations of 24 inscriptions in oriental languages were made upon
request, several bibliographies compiled, articles and reviews written,
and several Gallery publications revised.
Eighty-four changes were made in exhibition as follows:

Chinese bronze and jade________- ee et eS ee 1
(@ Fania Sora) eA es eta Bs gs et 44
Chinese marble________-___ Sy ORES Soll eee ect a Ea ise 1
© ns SS eg ean ea eae ee 8
@ ne Sen UE C1 ye ee 5 ee 30

Repairs, etc., to the collection were as follows:

PANT © Yea CEA TONY, ap eA TEST a 1

Chinesesnanel paintings ee a ee 5

@hineserscrolll paimbin gs 6

Persians powery= a=. == SBS SS ea ade pa ep a gee 2

Maps, blueprints mounted_________ Eb 3 SS Se eee ee oe) EES Anes 13
ATTENDANCH

The Gallery has been open to the public every day from 9 until
4:30 o’clock, with the exception of Mondays, Christmas Day, and
New Year’s Day.

The total attendance of visitors coming in at the main entrance
was 111,656. One hundred and twenty-eight. other visitors on Mon-
days make the grand total 111,784. The total attendance for week
days, exclusive of Mondays, was 79,246; Sundays 32,410. The aver-
age week-day attendance was 305; the average Sunday attendance,
623. The highest monthly attendance was, as usual, in April, with
14,280 visitors; the lowest in January, with 5,901.

54 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1941

There were 1,369 visitors to the main office during the year. The
purposes of their visits were as follows:

LMOe eee) THaM ONTO ees 186
Mo sees objectsi:in Storages = 2 = Se ee eee 370
Mare Was tern hpeimGin gga etal ee ee ee eee 50
Near Eastern paintings and manuscripts____-________________--_~ 19
Kast Indian paintings and manuscripts__-_--__ errand wc ney er eenliees 3
AMET TC ae Mas spo VT TO EL Se Ie ae a 60
WADI Ste re pees a ee Oe eee Ls See q
American pOlteny 26 Au aire ee eee eee 5
Oriental pottery, jade, bronzes, and sculpture_______-____________ 133
Syrian, Arabic. and Heyptian: elass22 =) eee 11
By zamtines ODICCiS ses eae ne 4
WiGSHUNG One MGnUS CEU DES ee ae ale ee ne ee 78
RO LEA in Ene OLA ye ee Ls Le RS Seen Rie)
To make tracings and sketches from library books________- ‘py i ar eae a 6
Torsee: the) building and Minstallation 22222 = ss.) eee 3
To obtain permission to photograph or sketch____--______________ 32
To submit objects for examination_____________ hy Ss AE Til TF
To see members of the staff____ nee wa) ON A 376
To see the exhibition galleries on Mondays__--__________ 49
To examine or purchase photographs Se et i al 292

LECTURES AND DOCENT SERVICE

A 6 weeks’ lecture course in Chinese and Japanese art was given
by A. G. Wenley in the Far Eastern Institute held at the Harvard
University Summer Schoo] of 1940 under the auspices of the Ameri-
can Council of Learned Societies.

At the Freer Gallery 6 illustrated lectures were given in the audi-
torium (total attendance, 98); 6 study groups were held in a study
room (total attendance, 80) ; and 10 groups were given docent service
in exhibition galleries (total attendance, 269). The total number
of persons receiving instruction at their own request was 447.

PERSONNEL

February 13, 1941, William R. B. Acker returned from Holland,
having taken his Ph. D. cum laude in Chinese at the University of
Leyden.

September 3, 1940, Oliver W. Puckett reported for duty as watch-
man.

June 30, 1941, David H. Zirkle, watchman, who had been at the
Gallery for 16 years, was retired with a record of the most faithful
and efficient service.

REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 55

October 10, 1940-June 18, 1941, Grace T. Whitney worked inter-
mittently at the Gallery on the translation of Persian texts.

October 12, 1940, Elizabeth Hill, librarian, was married to Wilson
R. Maltby, a physicist in the Naval Ordnance Laboratory at the
U.S. Navy Yard.

Respectfully submitted.

J. EK. Lover, Director
Dr. C. G. Axssort,
Secretary, Smithsonian Institution.

421999—41——5

APPENDIX 5
REPORT ON THE BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

Sim: I have the honor to submit the following report on the field
researches, office work, and other operations of the Bureau of Ameri-
can Ethnology during the fiscal year ended June 30, 1941, conducted
in accordance with the act of Congress of April 18, 1940, which
provides “* * * for continuing ethnological researches among the
American Indians and the natives of Hawaii and the excavation and
preservation of archeologic remains. * * *”

SYSTEMATIC RESEARCHES

M. W. Stirling, Chief of the Bureau, left Washington on Decem-
ber 29 to continue his archeological excavations in southern Mexico.
Jntensive excavations were begun at the site of Cerro de las Mesas
on the Rio Blanco in the state of Veracruz, this site having been
visited the preceding season. In addition, another expedition was
made to the site of Izapa in the southwestern part of the state of
Chiapas. As in the 2 preceding years, the work was undertaken in
cooperation with the National Geographic Society. Dr. Philip
Drucker again accompanied Mr. Stirling as assistant archeologist.

At Cerro de las Mesas 20 carved stone monuments were unearthed
and photographed, several mounds were cross-sectioned, and a num-
ber of stratigraphic trenches dug on various sections of the site.
The stratigraphic work proved unusually successful and extends the
cultural column for this part of Veracruz to a much later date than
did the excavations at Tres Zapotes. Two initial series dates were
deciphered at Cerro de las Mesas, one being in the Ist katun, the other
mn the 4th katun, of baktun 9. Another stone monument at this site
was of considerable interest because of its similarity to the famous
Tuxtla statuette. Large quantities of jade were found including one
cache containing 782 specimens.

At Izapa a large number of stelae, most of them with altars, were
excavated and photographed. ‘This site is important because of its
location, which makes it an interesting link between the west coast
of Guatemala and the isthmian region of southern Mexico.

At the conclusion of the work at Cerro de las Mesas at the end
of April, the collections were brought to Mexico City where Dr.
Drucker remained to work with them.

56

REPORT OF THE SECRETARY OV

During the year Dr. John R. Swanton, ethnologist, employed most
of his time in completing an extensive report on the Indians of the
Southeast, upon which work had been done during several past
years, and which covers about 1,500 typewritten pages. This is now
ready for final copy and editing.

The bulletin entitled “Source Material on the Ethnology and His-
tory of the Caddo Indians,” upon which he was at work last year
is now in galley proof. It will cover about 350 printed pages. A
brief contribution by Dr. Swanton entitled “The Quipu and Peruvian
Civilization” has been accepted for publication in a forthcoming
bulletin of anthropological papers and is now in the hands of the
printer.

Early in the year the bulletin prepared by Dr. Swanton entitled
“Linguistic Material from the Tribes of Southern Texas and North-
eastern Mexico,” was completed and distributed. It contains all of
the fragments of the Coahuiltecan, Karankawan, and Tamaulipecan
tongues known to be in existence, and covers 145 pages.

Considerable time has also been devoted by Dr. Swanton to answer-
ing letters, including particularly extension of advice regarding the
placing of markers along the route pursued by Hernando de Soto
and work for the United States Board on Geographical Names.

At the beginning of the fiscal year Dr. John P. Harrington, eth-
nologist, was engaged in working over Navaho materials and those
of the closely related Tlingit language of Alaska. Recent field
studies had proved that something like 200 words of Navaho and
Thngit are almost the same despite the 2,000-mile separation of the
two languages. Sometimes the same word was found to be applied
to two very different organisms; for instance, what is crab apple in
the north is cactus in the south (spininess being the trait which these
two plants evidently have in common), and jack pine in the north
was found to be juniper in the south.

Tlingit was copiously recorded in southeastern Alaska, and the
Ugalenz language, related to the Tlingit and to the Navaho, was
discovered and studied. The Ugalenz formerly occupied 350 miles
of southeastern Alaska coast, from Prince William Sound in the
west to Latuya Bay in the east.

The origin of the name Sitka, the old Russian capital of Alaska,
was discovered. The name means “On the oceanward side of Baranov
Island.” Shee is the name of Baranov Island, and Sitka is situated
on its oceanward side.

Leaving in August for Gallup, N. Mex., Dr. Harrington worked
on many parts of the Navaho Reservation, finding a surprising uni-
formity in dialect. This uniformity must have arisen from a jumb-
ling together of earlier Navaho dialects when the Navahos were in

58 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1941

captivity in eastern New Mexico in 1867 and 1868. During this
captivity, dialects were evidently jostled together, and resettlement
by the United States Government further dislocated them.

Field work during the latter part of the summer was done with
more than 10 of the leading Navaho interpreters. In a tribe of more
than 45,000 population, there are many educated speakers, including
university graduates, and with them were explored special features
of the language which could not have been obtained from the tongues
of poor and uneducated tribes without much greater expenditure of
time.

The Navaho language was found to have only 4 vowels and 34
consonants, making it a true consonantal language. The sounds of
Navaho were found to be almost identical with those of the other
languages of the Southwest, for instance, with those of the neighbor-
ing Tewa language. Also many words were found to be the same
as in Tewa. Navaho was found to have, for practical purposes,
a high and a low tone, and a falling and rising tone only on long
vowels and diphthongs. One of the most peculiar developments
to be found in any language is the hardening in Navaho of almost
any consonant by placing a sound of German ch after it if it is
voiceless, and of open g (gh) after it if it is voiced. There are also
traces of a hardening of | to n, and the like.

Returning to Washington late in the fall, Dr. Harrington continued
his study of the Navaho, until it now constitutes a finished manuscript
of more than 1,200 pages. Throughout the work there has been a
constant revelation that Navaho and related languages are not as
unlike other American Indian languages as has been thought by early
vocabulary makers and classifiers.

At the beginning of the fiscal year, July 1, 1940, Dr. Frank H. H.
Roberts, Jr., was engaged in a continuation of excavations at the Lin-
denmeier site, a former Folsom camping ground, in northern Colorado.
From August 1 to 31 he was on leave and during that period, in ac-
cord with the Smithsonian Institution’s policy of cooperation with
other scientific organizations, directed the excavation program of the
advanced students at the University of New Mexico’s Chaco Canyon
Research Station.

From Chaco Canyon, N. Mex., Dr. Roberts went to Boulder City,
Nev., to inspect a large cave located in the lower end of the Grand
Canyon of the Colorado River at the upper reaches of Lake Mead.
The trip to the cave was made by motorboat from Pierce’s Ferry in
company with officials of the National Park Service’s Boulder Dam
Recreational Area. Rampart Cave is situated in the south wall of
the canyon at the top of a steep talus 600 feet above the present water
level. It is of unusual interest because of its extensive deposits of

REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 59

sloth remains and of the bones from large creatures that preyed on
the sloth, and the possibility that it may provide evidence of human
contemporaneity with such extinct animal forms in that area. Plans
and methods for a program of excavation were discussed and various
suggestions were made concerning the advisability of providing an
exhibit in situ for visitors to the Boulder Dam Recreational Area.

From Boulder Dam, Dr. Roberts returned to the Lindenmeier site
where he continued his investigations until the end of September when
the project was brought to a close. During the six seasons of intensive
exploration of this Folsom site and the adjacent area much new and
valuable information on the subject of early occupation of North
America was obtained. From the large series of specimens collected
it will be possible to draw comprehensive conclusions relative to the
material culture and economic status of the aboriginal peoples inhabit-
ing that portion of the country during the closing days of the last Ice
Age, and in general to broaden the knowledge on early stages in New
World history.

Dr. Roberts returned to Washington in October. He spent the
autumn and winter months working on the material from the Linden-
meier site, preparing the manuscript for his report on the investiga-
tions there, in writing short articles for publication in various scien-
tific journals, in identifying numerous archeological specimens sent in
from all parts of the country by interested amateurs, and in furnishing
information on many phases of New World archeology. Plans and
preparations were made for an expedition to the Coclé region in the
province of Penonome, Panama, but, because of the last-minute devel-
opment of an insuperable combination of adverse circumstances, the
proposed investigations had to be abandoned.

On May 15, 1941, Dr. Roberts went to Bedford, Va., to initiate exca-

vations at the Mons site near the Peaks of Otter hens the late D. I.
Bushnell, Jr., had found artifacts suggestive of a much earlier aborig-
inal occupation of the area than previously had been supposed. Con-
struction work on the Blue Ridge Parkway had destroyed much of the
site, but a series of test trenches dug in various undisturbed remnants
established the fact that it had once been an Indian camping place,
possibly a village site of late protohistoric times. However, there was
no evidence of its having been used by older groups comparable to the
early hunting peoples of the western plains.

On the completion of the work at the Mons site, Dr. Roberts returned
to Washington and on June 11 left for San Jon, N. Mex. Camp was
established on the rim of the Staked Plains 1014 miles south of that
town and excavations were started at a site where material suggestive
of another phase of early man in North America, the so-called Yuma,
has been found. The location is in a shallow basin that appears to

60 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1941

have been an old, filled-in lake bed. Heavy erosion in recent years
started a series of ravines and gullies and exposed extensive deposits
of bones. Stone implements found near some of these outcroppings
indicate the possibility that many of the creatures were killed by
aboriginal hunters and that an association of man-made objects and
bones from extinct species of animals can be established. Bison,
camel, and mammoth bones, as well as those from smaller and as yet
unidentified mammals, occur in the site. Material in the fill in the
old lake bed probably can be correlated with other geologic phenomena
of established age. Hence, the determination of contemporaneity be-
tween the artifacts, animal remains, and lake deposits would constitute
an important addition to the evidence on early occupation in the New
World. There is also a possibility that the site may contribute infor-
mation on the subject of relationships between some of the different
older cultural remains. At the close of the fiscal year Dr. Roberts and
his party were well started on the problem of the San Jon site.

The beginning of the fiscal year found Dr. Julian H. Steward,
anthropologist, in British Columbia completing researches on abo-
riginal Carrier Indian ethnography and on ecological aspects of
recent changes in Carrier socio-economic culture at Fort St. James and
neighboring villages. While here a collection was made of more than
100 Carrier specimens of material culture, and of more than 50 ethno-
botanical specimens. At this time several pit-lodge sites were ex-
amined. From here Dr. Steward proceeded to Alaska, and then by
plane from Ketchikan to an island off the coast where he investigated
a burial site reported by Commander F. A. Zeusler, of the Coast Guard,
and Ranger Lloyd Bransford, of the United States Forest Service.
Accompanied by the latter, he procured specimens of several skeletons,
fragments of carved burial boxes and other materials, and a mummified
body in excellent preservation. The body was dressed in buckskin,
wrapped in a cedar mat, and deposited in a cedar box. All specimens
were brought back by plane to Ketchikan and shipped to the Smith-
sonian Institution. From Alaska Dr. Steward went to Berkeley,
Calif., to hold consultations on the Handbook of South American In-
dians, which is being prepared for the Smithsonian Institution.
From there he proceeded to Albuquerque and Chaco Canyon, N. Mex.,
for further consultations and to attend the Coronado Quatrocenten-
nial and the Chaco conference, finally arriving in Washington late in
August.

The remainder of the year was devoted mainly to editorial and or-
ganizational work on the Handbook of South American Indians, and
work on the project was actually initiated, $6,000 having been made
available for this purpose by special appropriation for cooperation
with the American republics through the Department of State’s Inter-

REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 61

departmental Committee. The collaboration of 33 contributors, each
a specialist in some phase of South American anthropology, was ar-
ranged. Work accomplished during the year included completion of
manuscripts by Dr, Robert H. Lowie and Dr. Alfred Métraux totaling
more than 150,000 words; completion of a new base map drawn from
the American Geographical Society’s 1: 1,000,000 sheets, and of four
new maps showing respectively the vegetation, climates, physical fea-
tures, and topography of South America; compilation of a preliminary
bibhography of nearly 2,000 items; substantial progress on many other
manuscripts; and integration of the Handbook plan with research
activities of many other institutions in different countries. Arrange-
ment was made to engage the services of Dr. Métraux on full-time
basis as assistant editor in the fiscal year 1941-42. The services of a
secretary were had for the Handbook during three months of 1941.

During the fall Dr. Steward acted as chairman of the Program
Committee of the American Anthropological Association, arranging
the program for the Christmas meetings in Philadelphia. He also
served on the Committee on Latin American Anthropology of the
National Research Council and accepted membership on the Scientific
Advisory Committee of the Pan American Trade Committee.

The following scientific papers were published: Archeological Re-
connaissance of Southern Utah, Bur. Amer. Ethnol. Bull. 128, pp.
275-356; Nevada Shoshone, in Univ. California Culture Element Dis-
tributions; several short papers on the Carrier Indians; a description
of the Handbook of South American Indians for the Boletin Biblio-
grafico de Antropologia Americana. An article was prepared for
American Antiquity on The Direct Historic Approach to Archeology.

During the fiscal year Dr. Henry B. Collins, Jr., ethnologist, con-
tinued with the study and description of archeological collections from
prehistoric and protohistoric Eskimo village sites in the vicinity of
Bering Strait. Material was also assembled for a paper on the origin
and antiquity of the Eskimo race and culture in relation to the larger
question of the original entry of man into America.

At the request of the Peabody Museum of American Archaeology
and Ethnology of Harvard University, Dr. Collins made two trips to
Cambridge to assist in the identification and selection of materials for
the new Eskimo exhibit being planned by Donald Scott director of the
Museum, and his assistant, Frederick G. Pleasants.

Dr. Collins also served as collaborator and technical adviser for
Erpi Classroom Films, Inc., in connection with production of a motion-
picture record of Eskimo life on Nunivak Island, Alaska, to be made
by Amos Burg, explorer and photographer. The film, designed for
use in the elementary schools, will provide an authentic picture of the
daily life and activities of the Nunivagmiut, who have retained more

62 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1941

of their native culture than any other coastal-group Eskimo in Alaska.

During July 1940 Dr. William N. Fenton, associate anthropologist,
was engaged in field work among the Senecas of Allegany Reserva-
tion, N. Y. While here he delivered the St. Lawrence University
series of lectures at the Allegany School of Natural History. The
lectures on the Iroquoian Peoples of the Northeast covered prehis-
toric cultures of the area, the adjustment of the Iroquois to their
environment, their society and government, and their religious sys-
tem. At the Six Nations Reserve on Grand River, Ontario, Canada,
August 9 to September 1, the yearly cycle of ceremonies that are
currently celebrated at the Onondaga Longhouse were outlined by
Simeon Gibson and the principal speeches that constitute the bulk
of the annual Midwinter Festival were taken in Onondaga text and
translated. This study is an extension of previous investigations
of Seneca ceremonies which Dr. Fenton has published, and it adds
new material on the nature of village bands and their removals,
the function of moieties, the nature of residence after marriage, and
the sororate which was practiced, at least by the Lower Cayugas.
Further assistance was rendered by Deputy Chief Hardy Gibson
with Hewitt’s manuscript on the Requickening Address for installing
chiefs in the Iroquois League, which Dr. Fenton is editing for pub-
lication.

Returning from the field September 15 with 300 photographic
negatives, largely of masks studied at museums in New York and
Ontario together with a series of their manufacture and use in
Iroquois fraternities, much time elapsed assembling pictures and
notes and arranging them for study.

A special paper on The Place of the Iroquois in the Prehistory of
America was presented before the Anthropological Society of Wash-
ington; and Dr. Fenton also served as technical adviser for An
Indian League of Nations, which was broadcast October 27 on
“The World is Yours” radio program.

Work on two new research projects aimed at clearing up prob-
Jems previously outlined was begun during the year. While serving
as consultant to the Pennsylvania Historical Commission on arche-
ological matters, Dr. Fenton contacted local historians who are col-
Jaborating in special phases of a study of Cornplanter’s Senecas on
the upper Allegheny River; and it is planned to publish their find-
ings together with Quaker Mission Journals from 1798 which describe
Indian life and events attending Handsome Lake’s revelations. In
quest of original sources, Dr. Fenton searched the Records of the
Yearly Meeting of Friends of Philadelphia, and visited the libraries
of Haverford and Swarthmore Colleges. In this project he has
had the active help of M. EK. Deardorff of Warren, Pa., and C. E.

REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 63

Congdon of Salamanca, N. Y., who have located and transcribed
other documentary sources.

Iroquois music has long deserved serious study, and with the devel-
opment of modern electric sound-recording apparatus, record making
in the field has become practicable. When the Division of Music
in the Library of Congress furnished the necessary blanks and
apparatus for Dr. Fenton’s trip to the Six Nations Midwinter Fes-
tival, January 10 to February 17, 1941, Dr. Fenton undertook the
task of making the recordings, first at Ohsweken, Ontario, and later
at Quaker Ridge, N. Y. Sixty-two double-face records were made
of samples of social and religious dance songs, and complete runs of
several shamanistic song cycles and the Adoption Rite of the Tutelo
were taken. Informants gave complete texts for all the recordings,
and these, as rewritten after returning to Washington, should prove
helpful to the transcriber. For this purpose the Recording Labora-
tory is furnishing a duplicate set. Because musicologists have ex-
pressed interest in the recordings, several were selected for a proposed
Album of Iroquois Music, which the Library contemplates publishing ;
and in return for the fine cooperation of the Recording Laboratory
and the Division of Music, Dr. Fenton delivered a lecture, Music in
Iroquois Religion and Society, illustrated with slides and records,
as the first of a series by the Archive of American Folk-song. It
was repeated for the Society of Pennsylvania Archaeology at its
annual meeting.

In addition a series of brief informal excursions were made to
Allegany regarding place names and to explore the area that may
be flooded by the proposed Allegheny Reservoir, and to Tonawanda
to collect song texts of the Medicine Society.

Besides a number of book reviews in scientific and historical jour-
nals, Dr. Fenton published two papers in Bureau of American Eth-
nology Bulletin 128—Iroquois Suicide: A Study in the Stability of
a Culture Pattern, and Tonawanda Longhouse Ceremonies: Ninety
Years After Lewis Henry Morgan—and an article, Museum and
Field Studies of Iroquois Masks and Ritualism, which appeared in
the Explorations and Field-work of the Smithsonian Institution in
1940. Dr. Fenton prepared for publication in the Annual Report
of the Smithsonian Institution for 1940, a paper entitled “Masked
Medicine Societies of the Iroquois.”

SPECIAL RESEARCHES

Miss Frances Densmore, a collaborator of the Bureau, continued
her study of Indian music by collecting additional songs, transcribing
these and songs previously recorded, and preparing material for pub-
lication. In August 1940 a trip was made to Wisconsin Dells, Wis.,

64 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1941

to interview a group of visiting Zuni Indians. Songs were obtained
from Falling Star, an Indian born in Zui, who had lived in the
pueblo most of his life and taken part in the dances. His father
also was a singer and dancer. Falling Star recorded 17 songs, 15
of which were transcribed and submitted to the Bureau. These are
chiefly songs of lay-participants in the Rain Dance and the songs
connected with grinding corn for household use.

Additional data on the peyote cult among the Winnebago were
obtained from a former informant and incorporated in the manuscript
on that tribe.

In October Miss Densmore went to Washington for consultation
on manuscripts awaiting publication. During the winter she tran-
scribed records of 71 Seminole songs, completing the transcriptions
of recordings made in that tribe ducing the seasons of 1931, 1932, and
1933. It is expected that the book on Seminole music, containing
245 songs, will be completed in the near future.

A paper on A Search for Songs Among the Chitimacha Indians
in Louisiana, submitted in 1933, was rewritten, amplified, and pre-
pared for publication. The Chitimacha is the only tribe visited by
Miss Densmore in which all the songs have been forgotten. Musical
customs were remembered, and several legends were related in which
songs were formerly sung.

In May 1941 Miss Densmore read a paper on The Native Art of
the Chippewa before the Central States Branch of the American
Anthropological Association at the annual meeting held in
Minneapolis.

At the close of the fiscal year Miss Densmore was in Nebraska, her
special interest being a search for songs that were recorded phono-
graphically by Miss Alice C. Fletcher in the decade prior to 1893
and published in that year by the Peabody Museum of American
Archaeology and Ethnology. If Indians can be found who remem-
ber these songs, they will be recorded again. A comparison of the
two recordings will show the degree of accuracy with which the
songs have been transmitted, and will be important to the subject
of Indian music.

The entire collection of recordings of Indian songs submitted to
the Bureau by Miss Densmore has been transferred to the National
Archives for permanent preservation. These recordings were made
and submitted during the period from 1907 to 1940, all having been
cataloged and transcribed in musical notation. Many hundreds of
other recordings have been made, studied, and retained by Miss
Densmore but not transcribed. Recordings submitted after 1940

REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 65

have been cataloged in sequence with the former collection. Thirty-
five tribes are represented in the collection of 2,237 recordings, in addi-
tion to a group of songs recorded in British Columbia in which the
tribes are not designated.

EDITORIAL WORK AND PUBLICATIONS

The editorial work of the Bureau has continued during the year
under the immediate direction of the editor, M. Helen Palmer. There
were issued three bulletins, as follows:

Bulletin 126. Archeological remains in the Whitewater District, eastern
Arizona. Part IJ. Artifacts and burials, by Frank H. H. Roberts, Jr. - With
appendix, Skeletal remains from the Whitewater District, eastern Arizona,
by T. D. Stewart. xi+170 pp., 57 pls., 44 figs.

Bulletin 127. Linguistic material from the tribes of southern Texas and
northeastern Mexico, by John R. Swanton. v+145 pp.

Bulletin 128. Anthropological papers, numbers 13-18. xii+368 pp., 52 plis.,
77 figs.:

No. 18 The mining of gems and ornamental stones by American Indians.
by Sydney H. Ball.

No. 14. Iroquois suicide: A study in the stability of a culture pattern,

by William N. Fenton.

No. 15. Tonawanda Longhouse ceremonies: Ninety years after Lewis Henry
Morgan, by William N. Fenton.

No. 16. The Quichua-speaking Indians of the Province of Imbabura
(Heuador) and their anthropometric relations with the living
populations of the Andean area, by John Gillin.

No. 17. Art processes in birchbark of the River Desert Algonquin, a circum-
boreal trait, by Frank G. Speck.

No. 18. Archeological reconnaissance of southern Utah, by Julian H.
Steward.

The following bulletins were in press at the close of the fiscal year:

Bulletin 129. An archeological survey of Pickwick Basin in the adjacent
portions of the States of Alabama, Mississippi, and Tennessee, by William S.
Webb and David L. De Jarnette. With additions by Walter P. Jones, J. P. E.
Morrison, Marshall T. Newman and Charles E. Snow, and William G. Haag.

Bulletin 130. Archeological investigations at Buena Vista Lake, Kern County,
California, by Waldo L. Wedel. With appendix, Skeletal remains from Buena
Vista sites, California, by T. Dale Stewart.

Bulletin 131. Peachtree Mound and village site, Cherokee County, North
Carolina, by Frank M. Setzler and Jesse D. Jennings. With appendix, Skeletal
remains from the Peachtree Site, North Carolina, by T. Dale Stewart.

Bulletin 182. Source material on the history and ethnology of the Caddo
Indians, by John R. Swanton.

Bulletin 133. Anthropological papers, numbers 19-26:

No. 19. A search for songs among the Chitimacha Indians in Louisiana.
by Frances Densmore.

No. 20. Archeological survey on the northern Northwest Coast, by Philip
Drucker.

66 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1941

No. 21. Some notes on a few sites in Beaufort County, South Carolina, by
Regina Flannery.

No. 22. An analysis and interpretation of the ceramic remains from two
sites near Beaufort, South Carolina, by James B. Griffin.

No. 23. The eastern Cherokees, by William Harlen Gilbert, Jr.

No. 24. Aconite poison whaling in Asia and America: An Aleutian transfer
to the New World, by Robert F. Heizer.

No. 25. The Carrier Indians of the Buckley River: Their social and relig-
ious life, by Diamond Jenness.

No. 26. The Quipu and Peruvian civilization, by John R. Swanton.

Bulletin 134. Native tribes of eastern Bolivia and western Matto Grosso, by
Alfred Métraux.

Publications distributed totaled 11,882.
LIBRARY

There has been no change in the library staff during the fiscal year.
Accessions during the fiscal year totaled 378.

The library staff has relabeled and reshelved 5,137 books. The sec-
tions of general ethnology and non-American material, and linguis-
tics have now been entirely reclassified and reshelved. Library of
Congress printed cards, so far as they are available, have been
ordered for practically all of this material, when not already in the
catalog. Part of the work of typing these cards and filing in the
catalog has been completed and will be finished in a month or two.

The sorting of foreign periodicals and society transactions has
been completed and all material not in the library field has been
put aside for appropriate disposal. A temporary shelf list has been
made for this material and it is hoped that this section will be
reclassified and reshelved by the first of the year. The checking lists
for the second edition of the Union List of Serials were marked with
our holdings and returned.

The sorting of the pamphlet collection has been completed and
more than half have been classified and shelved. Library of Con-
gress cards where available have been ordered. In the future the
library will have no separate pamphlet collection. All pamphlets
that are kept will be classified and shelved with the books. Work
has also been done on Congressional documents and some of this
material is now classified and reshelved. Government documents
from the War and Interior departments, publications of the Chero-
kee and Choctaw nations, and of various special boards and com-
missions have been sorted and classified and all Library of Congress
cards available ordered.

REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 67
ILLUSTRATIONS

Following is a summary of work accomplished during the fiscal
year by Edwin G. Cassedy, illustrator :

ine drawings 2 ees ee ae Mau a VIA JER ae ter (ae ing OOD
Stipple drawings____-__- aren nee ces Am SN Cet OA 3
Wash drawings ______ hI To ii UN ali pnt A a 9 4
IM Tey] ofS lee ee A A aN pe A Sips cathe ONS Say 22
Graphs seks eae ha haay uel evel eT ey seo ae ans 8 ee 6
ET Ae Seals Se Taal @ Gls keihin ee ak eB eee 95
Bh oOtosnaplbs ire touched e: ss ese ails cee ppt oe a 14
1 CoS ESTEE, PLOY OS) ae De a a or cig 114
JG DOESNT sy Oa DoT or Sh NE al lS a af ae ct 3
INC 2 aGiVes: -GECOUChe ds tes sEr Mae ey ee 5

AIBC ea Se SM ee Ee 867

The month of December 1940 and the first half of January 1941
were devoted to work on the new Index Exhibit in the Smithsonian
main hall,

COLLECTIONS

Collections transferred by the Bureau of American Ethnology to
the Department of Anthropology, United States National Museum,

during the fiscal year were as follows:
Accession
No.

124559. Portions of a child’s skull and skeleton collected near Kissimmee, Fla.,
and sent in by L. R. Farmer.

157,350. Skeletal and cultural remains from burial sites on Pennock Island and
Dall Island, southeastern Alaska, collected during the summer of
1940 by Dr. Julian H. Steward. (86 specimens.)

157,796. Collection of 94 ethnological specimens from the Carrier Indians,
obtained by Dr. Julian H. Steward in the region of Fort St. James,
British Columbia, in 1940.

157,965. Collection of ethnological objects purchased among the Iroquois Indians
during the past summer by Dr. William N. Fenton. (3 specimens.)

158,151. Collection of carved wooden masks and musical instruments collected
by the late J. N. B. Hewitt among the Iroquois Indians of the Six
Nations Reserve, Grand River, Ontario, Canada. (27 specimens.)

158,498. Two unfinished wooden masks made by Tom Harris, an Onondaga Indian
of the Six Nations Reserve, Grand River, Ontario, Canada, and
collected in August 1940 by Dr. William N. Fenton.

160,243. Archeological specimens from a sand burial mound on Lemon Bay, near
Englewood, Sarasota Co., Fla. (25 specimens. )

160,244. Archeological specimens from various mounds in the vicinity of Parrish,
on Little Manatee River, Manatee Co., Fla. (61 specimens.)

160,249. Archeological and skeletal material from a refuse and burial mound
114% miles west of Belle Glade, in Palm Beach Co., Fla. (988 archeo-
logical specimens. The skeletal material in this accession has not
been counted this year, but the figures will be included in some future
annual report.)

68 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1941

MISCELLANEOUS

During the course of the year information was furnished by mem-
bers of the Bureau staff in reply to numerous inquiries concerning
the North American Indians, both past and present, and the Mexican
peoples of the prehistoric and early historic periods. Various
specimens sent to the Bureau were identified and data on them
furnished for their owners.

Personnel.—Mrs. Frances S. Nichols, editorial assistant, retired on
August 31, 1940; Miss Anna M. Link served as editorial assistant
from September 1, 1940, to April 30, 1941, when she resigned to
accept a position in the library of the United States National Mu-
seum; Miss Nancy A. Link was appointed on June 1, 1941, to fill
this vacancy. Miss Florence G. Schwindler was appointed on Jan-
uary 6, 1941, as stenographer in connection with the preparation of
the Handbook of South American Indians; she resigned on April 21,
1941, to accept a position in the War Department.

Respectfully submitted.

M. W. Sririrne, Chief.

Dr. C. G. Axsgor,

Secretary, Smithsonian Institution.

APPENDIX 6
REPORT ON THE INTERNATIONAL EXCHANGE SERVICE

Sir: I have the henor to submit the following report on the ac-
tivities of the International Exchange Service during the fiscal year
ended June 30, 1941:

The appropriation allowed by Congress was $44,880, the same
amount as for the previous year. There was also received by trans-
fer from the Department of State $500 from an appropriation made
by Congress to that Department for cooperation with the American
republics. This amount was allotted to the Exchange Service for
mailing packages of publications to the Argentine Republic and
Brazil, so that they would reach their destinations without the delay
which occurs when shipments are made through exchange bureaus.
To all other South and Central American countries, with one excep-
tion, exchanges are transmitted by mail under governmental frank.
From repayments there was collected $3,036.53, making the total
available resources $48,416.53.

The number of packages received for transmission during the year
was 576,282, a decrease of 63,062. The weight was 388,649 pounds, a
decrease of 138,896 pounds.

The following table gives the number and weight of packages sent
and received through the service:

Packages Weight
Sent Received Sent Received
abroad from abroad | _from
abroad abroad
Pounds | Pounds
United States parliamentary documents sent abroad___________ 3495 (0211 | eee 1365773 |e
Publications received in return for parliamentary documents___|_____-_-_-- 15354) || eee aaah 4, 549
United States departmental documents sent abroad___________- NOB BY) |oecaeses= EELS ie UP eee
Publications received in return for departmental documents____|_-___-__-- 32044. lice see ees 6, 093
Miscellaneous scientific and literary publications sent abroad ___ OPE NOH! || oe eaecese 1G 89a ena
Miscellaneous scientific and literary publications received from
abroad for distribution in the United States__________________]_--___-__-- HANAN.) | ee 24, 662
TRO Gallereeeter hoe Os 2 ee eetee tena et Ae ens fae cle me oye a ea eS 544, 769 31, 513 353, 345 35, 304
Gran Ggito tale oe pe ieee ee Lge Aa le ee 576, 282 388, 649

The packages referred to in the above table as sent abroad were
forwarded partly in boxes by freight to exchange bureaus for dis-

69

70 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1941

tribution and partly by mail directly to their destinations. The
number of boxes shipped was 965, a decrease from the preceding
year of 929. Of these boxes, 419 were for depositories of full sets of
United States governmental documents and the contents of the re-
mainder were for depositories of partial sets and for distribution to
various establishments and individuals. The number of mail
packages was 117,700.

As stated last year, when a decrease in the work of the office was
reported, the falling off in the amount of material handled is due
to the interruption of the interchange of publications between the
United States and many countries owing to the foreign wars. Ship-
ments to nearly all the European countries, as well as to China and
places bordering on the Mediterranean, have been suspended tem-
porarily. Through special efforts, however, it has been possible dur-
ing the latter part of the year to forward large consignments to
Sweden and Switzerland. Transmissions were made to Finland
and the Soviet Republic almost to the end of the fiscal year, but
when those countries became involved in the European war, further
shipments to them were suspended. One large consignment was for-
warded to Spain during the year and several others were sent to
Portugal. Owing to the conditions abroad, however, the Institution
cannot follow any regular schedule in the sending of boxes to those
two countries. With the exception of one or two short suspensions,
there has been no interruption to the transmission of shipments to
and from Great Britain, although, owing to the shortage of cargo
space, it has not been possible to dispatch consignments as promptly
as before the war.

The British Museum and the London School of Economics and
Political Science, both depositories of United States governmental
documents, have requested that no further consignments be for-
warded to them until the close of the war, because of the possibility
of destruction of the material through the bombings of London.
The Edinburgh Public Library and the St. Andrews University also
have asked that publications for them be stored until the cessation
of hostilities. No other requests for the withholding of transmissions
have been made by British establishments.

The very large number of packages for shipment abroad that are
being held here awaiting the cessation of the war has_ over-
taxed the space in the Exchange rooms to such an extent that it has
been necessary to construct a storage shed in the grounds in the
rear of the Smithsonian Building for storing the books. The struc-
ture is made of corrugated iron and is substantially built. When
the emergency is over, the shed will be used for the storage of empty
packing boxes

REPORT OF THE SECRETARY el

Since the outbreak of the European war in September 1939, so
far as reported to the Institution, five consignments of exchanges
have been lost, the details of which are given below:

Five boxes forwarded to Denmark in December 1939 were destroyed on the
dock in Bergen by fire caused by airplane bombardment.

Five boxes sent to France in April 1940 were destroyed by fire at the Havre
railroad station.

Eleven boxes forwarded to England in November 1940 were lost at sea.

Thirteen boxes sent to Germany in August 1939 were lost at Havre after
the consignment was disembarked.

One box, while in the warehouse of the Smithsonian agents in London await-
ing shipment to the Institution, was destroyed in January 1941 by fire caused by
airplane bombardment.

FOREIGN DEPOSITORIES OF GOVERNMENTAL DOCUMENTS

On account of conditions in Europe due to the war, several deposi-
tories have been removed from the list of those receiving full and par-
tial sets of United States governmental documents. This has resulted
in reducing the number of those publications now received from a
total of 104 to 92—55 full and 37 partial sets.

The depository of the partial set in Haiti has been changed from
the Department of Foreign Affairs to the National Library. The Hon-
duran Ministry of Foreign Affairs has been added to the partial-set
list.

A complete list of the depositories is given below:

DEPOSITORIES OF FULL SETS

ARGENTINA: Direccién de Investigaciones, Archivo y Propaganda, Ministerio de
Relaciones Hxteriores y Culto, Buenos Aires.

AUSTRALIA: Commonwealth Parliament and National Library, Canberra.
New SoutH WatgEs: Public Library of New South Wales, Sydney.
QUEENSLAND: Parliamentary Library, Brisbane.

SouTH AUSTRALIA; Parliamentary Library, Adelaide.

TASMANIA: Parliamentary Library, Hobart.

Victoria: Public Library of Victoria, Melbourne.

WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Public Library of Western Australia, Perth.

BretciumM: Bibliothéque Royale, Bruxelles.

BraAzit: Instituto Nacional do Livro, Rio de Janeiro.

CanapA: Library of Parliament, Ottawa.

Manrrosa: Provincial Library, Winnipeg.
Ontario: Legislative Library, Toronto.
QuEBEC: Library of the Legislature of the Province of Quebec.

CHILE: Biblioteca Nacional, Santiago.

CuiInA: Bureau of International Exchange, Ministry of Education, Chungking.

CoLomMBIA: Biblioteca Nacional, Bogota.

Costa Rica: Oficina de Depdsito y Canje Internacional de Publicaciones, San

José.
Cusa: Ministerio de Estado, Direccién de Relaciones Culturales, Habana.
CZECHOSLOVAKIA: Bibliotheque de l’Assemblée Nationale, Prague.

421999— 41——_6

72 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1941

DENMARK: Kongelige Danske Videnskabernes Selskab, Copenhagen.
Eayrt: Bureau des Publications, Ministére des Finances, Cairo.
Esronta: Riigiraamatukogu (State Library), Tallinn.
FINLAND: Parliamentary Library, Helsinki.
France: Bibliothéque Nationale, Paris.
GERMANY: Reichstausechstelle im Reichsministerium fiir Wissenschaft, Erzie-
hung und Volksbildung, Berlin, N. W. T.
Prussta: Preussische Staatsbibliothek, Berlin, N. W. 7.
GREAT BRITAIN:
ENGLAND: British Museum, London.
Lonpon: London School of Economics and Political Science. (Depository
of the London County Council.)
Huneary: Library, Hungarian House of Delegates, Budapest.
InprIA: Imperial Library, Calcutta.
IRELAND: National Library of Ireland, Dublin.
ITaALty: Ministero dell’Educazione Nazionale, Rome.
JAPAN: Imperial Library of Japan, Tokyo.
Latvra: Bibliothéque d’Htat, Riga.
LEAGUE oF NATIONS: Library of the League of Nations, Geneva, Switzerland.
Mexico: Direcci6n General de Informaci6n, Mexico, D. F.
NETHERLANDS: Royal Library, The Hague.
New ZEALAND: General Assembly Library, Wellington.
NorTHERN IRELAND: H. M. Stationery Office, Belfast.
Norway: Universitets-Bibliothek, Oslo. (Depository of the Government of
Norway.)
Prru: Seccidn de Propaganda y Publicaciones, Ministerio de Relaciones Hx-
teriores, Lima.
PoLaNnD: Bibliothéque Nationale, Warsaw.
PorTuGAL: Bibliotheca Nacional, Lisbon.
RuMANIA: Academia Romana, Bucharest.
SPAIN: Cambio Internacional de Publicaciones, Avenida de Calvo Sotelo 20,
Madrid.
SWEDEN: Kungliga Biblioteket, Stockholm.
SWITZERLAND: Bibliotheque Centrale Fédérale, Berne.
TuRKEY: Department of Printing and Engraving, Ministry of Education.
Istanbul.
UNIon or SoutH Arrica: State Library, Pretoria, Transvaal.
UNION OF Soviet Soctarist Repusiics: All-Union Lenin Library, Moscow 115.
UKRAINE: Ukrainian Society for Cultural Relations with Foreign Countries,
Kiey.
UruGuay: Oficina de Canje Internacional de Publicaciones, Montevideo.
VENEZUELA: Biblioteca Nacional, Caracas.
Yucostavia: Ministére de Education, Belgrade.

DEPOSITORIES OF PARTIAL SETS

AFGHANISTAN: Ministry of Foreign Affairs, Publications Department, Kabul.
Borrv1a: Biblioteca del H. Congreso Nacional, La Paz.
BRAZIL:
Minas Grerags: Directoria Geral de Estatistica em Minas, Bello Horizonte.
Rio dE JANEIRO: Bibliotheca da Assemblea Legislativa do Estado, Nictheroy.
BRITISH GUIANA: Government Secretary’s Office, Georgetown, Demerara.

REPORT OF THE SHCRETARY Wo

CANADA;
ALBERTA: Provincial Library, Edmonton.
BritIsH COLUMBIA: Provincial Library, Victoria.
New Brunswick: Legislative Library, Fredericton.
Nova Scorra: Provincial Secretary of Nova Scotia, Halifax.
Prince HpwaArp ISLAND: Legislative and Public Library, Charlottetown.
SASKATCHEWAN: Legislative Library, Regina.
OEYLON: Chief Secretary’s Office (Record Department of the Library), Colombo.
CHINA: National Library of Peiping.
DoMINICAN REPUBLIC: Biblioteca del Senado, Ciudad Trujillo.
Hcvuapor: Biblioteca Nacional, Quito.
GUATEMALA: Biblioteca Nacional, Guatemala.
Hartt: Bibliothéque Nationale. Port-au-Prince.
HONDURAS:
Biblioteca y Archivo Nacionales, Tegucigalpa.
Ministerio de Relaciones Exteriores, Tegucigalpa.
IcELAND: National Library, Reykjavik.
INDIA:
BENGAL: Secretary, Bengal Legislative Council Department, Council House,
Calcutta.
BIHAR AND ORISSA: Revenue Department, Patna.
BompBay: Undersecretary to the Government of Bombay, General Depart-
ment, Bombay.
Burma: Secretary to the Government of Burma, Education Department,
Rangoon.
PunsaB: Chief Secretary to the Government of the Punjab, Lahore.
UNITED PROVINCES OF AGRA AND OUDH: University of Allahabad, Allahabad.
JAMAICA: Colonial Secretary, Kingston.
LipertA: Department of State, Monrovia.
Matta: Minister for the Treasury, Valletta.
NEWFOUNDLAND: Department of Home Affairs, St. John’s.
Nicaragua :Ministerio de Relaciones Hxteriores, Managua.
PaNnAMA: Secretaria de Relaciones Exteriores, Panama.
PARAGUAY: Secretario de la Presidencia de la Reptblica, Asuncion.
SALVADOR: Ministerio de Relaciones HExteriores, San Salvador.
Straits SETTLEMENTS: Colonial Secretary, Singapore.
THAILAND: Department of Foreign Affairs, Bangkok.
VATICAN City: Biblioteca Apostolica Vaticana, Vatican City, Italy.

INTERPARLIAMENTARY EXCHANGE OF THE OFFICIAL JOURNAL

On account of conditions arising from the war, the sending of the
Congressional Record and the Federal Register has been discontinued
to certain countries. Haiti has been added to the list as a recipient.
The number of copies of the Record and the Register now sent abroad
is 78, having been reduced from 104. A list of the present depositories
is given below:

DEPOSITORIES OF CONGRESSIONAL RECORD
ARGENTINA :
Biblioteca del Congreso Nacional, Buenos Aires.
Camara de Diputados, Oficina de Informaci6n Parlamentaria, Buenos Aires.

Boletin Oficial de la Republica Argentina, Ministerio de Justicia e Instrucci6én
Pdablica, Buenos Aires.

74 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1941

AUSTRALIA :
Library of the Commonwealth Parliament, Canberra.
New SourH WaAtsEs: Library of Parliament of New South Wales, Sydney.
QUEENSLAND: Chief Secretary’s Office, Brisbane.
WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Library of Parliament of Western Australia, Perth.
BRAZIL:
Bibliotheca do Congresso Nacional, Rio de Janeiro.
AmAzoNAS: Archivo, Bibliotheca e Imprensa Publica, Manaos.
Banta: Governador do Estado da Bahia, Sao Salvador.
Esprriro SANTO: Presidencia do Estado do Hspirito Santo, Victoria.
Rio GRANDE po Suu: “A Federacao,” Porto Alegre,
SERGIPE: Bibliotheca Publica do Estado de Sergipe, Aracaju.
Sio PAvuLO: Diario Official do Estado de Sao Paulo, Sao Paulo.
BritisH Honpuras: Colonial Secretary, Belize.
CANADA:
Library of Parliament, Ottawa.
Clerk of the Senate, Houses of Parliament, Ottawa.
CusA: Biblioteca del Capitolio, Habana.
EGyPt:
Chambre des Députés, Cairo.
Sénat, Cairo.
GIBRALTAR: Gibraltar Garrison Library Committee, Gibraltar.
Great BriITAIn: Library of the Foreign Office, London.
GUATEMALA: Biblioteca de la Asamblea Legislativa, Guatemala.
Haiti: Bibliothéque Nationale, Port-au-Prince.
HonpuRAs: Biblioteca del Congreso Nacional, Tegucigalpa.
Huneary: A Magyar orszaggyiilés kényvtara, Budapest.
InprA: Legislative Department, Simla.
INDOCHINA : Gouverneur Général de Il’ Indochine, Hanoi.
TRAN: Library of the Iranian Parliament, Téhéran.
Iraq: Chamber of Deputies, Baghdad.
TrisH FREE STATE: Dail Hireann, Dublin.
LEAGUE oF Nations: Library of the League of Nations, Geneva, Switzerland.
LEBANON: Ministére des Finances de la République Libanaise, Service du Ma-
tériel, Beirut.
Liperta: Department of State, Monrovia.
Mexico: Direccién General de Informaci6n, Mexico, D. F.
AGUASOALIENTES : Gobernador del Hstado de Aguascalientes, Aguascalientes,
CAMPECHE: Gobernador del Estado de Campeche, Campeche.
CHIAPAS: Gobernador del Estado de Chiapas, Tuxtla Gutierrez.
CHIHUAHUA: Gobernador del Estado de Chihuahua, Chihuahua.
CoaHuILtA;: Periddico Oficial del Estado de Coahuila, Palacio de Gobierno,
Saltillo.
CotIMA: Gobernador del Estado de Colima, Colima.
DurANGcO: Gobernador Constitucional dei Estado de Durango, Durango.
GUANAJUATO: Secretaria General de Gobierno del Estado, Guanajuato.
GUERRERO: Gobernador del Estado Ge Guerrero, Chilpancingo.
JALISCO: Biblioteca del Estado, Guadalajara.
Lower CALIForRNIA: Gobernador del Distrito Norte, Mexicali.
México: Gaceta del Gobierno, Toluea.
MicHoacAn: Secretaria General de Gobierno del Estado de Michoacan,
Morelia.
Moretos: Palacio de Gobierno, Cuernavaca,

REPORT OF THE SECRETARY Wy

Mexico—Continued.

NayaArir: Gobernador de Nayarit, Tepic.

NurEvo LEON: Biblioteca del Estado, Monterrey.

Oaxaca: Perid6dico Oficial, Palacio de Gobierno, Oaxaca.

PuEBLA: Secretaria General de Gobierno, Puebla.

QuERETARO: Secretaria General de Gobierno, Seccién de Archivo, Querétaro.

San Luis Porosi: Congreso del Estado, San Luis Potosi.

SrnaLoa: Gobernador del Estado de Sinaloa, Culiacan.

Sonora: Gobernador del Estado de Sonora, Hermosillo.

Taspasco: Secretaria General de Gobierno, Seccién 38a, Ramo de Prensa,

Villahermosa.

TAMAULIPAS: Secretaria General de Gobierno, Victoria.

TLAxcALA: Secretaria de Gobierno del Estado, Tlaxcala.

Veracruz: Gobernador del Estado de Veracruz, Departamento de Gober-

nacion y Justicia, Jalapa.

YucaTAn: Gobernador del Estado de Yucatan, Mérida, Yucatan.
NETHERLANDS INDIES: Volksraad von Nederlundsch-Indié, Batavia, Java.
New ZPALAND: General Assembly Library, Wellington.

Peru: Camara de Diputados, Lima.
RUMANIA:

Bibliothéque de la Chambre des Députés, Bucharest.

Ministére des Affaires Etrangéres, Bucharest.

SWITZERLAND: Bibliothéque de Assemblée Fédérale Suisse, Berne.

BERN: Staatskanzlei des Kantons Bern.

Sr. GaLten: Staatskanzlei des Kantons St. Gallen.

SCHAFFHAUSEN: Staatskanzlei des Kantons Schaffhausen.

ZiRicH: Staatskanzlei des Kantons Ztirich.

TurKEY: Turkish Grand National Assembly, Ankara.
UNION OF SOUTH AFRICA:

Library of Parliament, Cape Town, Cape of Good Hope.

State Library, Pretoria, Transvaal.

Urvucuay: Diario Oficial, Caile Florida 1178, Montevideo.
VENEZUELA: Biblioteca del Congreso, Caracas.
VATICAN City: Biblioteca Apostolica Vaticana, Vatican City, Italy.

FOREIGN EXCHANGE AGENCIES

The bureaus or agencies to which consignments are forwarded in
boxes by freight are given below. To ell countries not appearing in
the list, packages are sent directly to their destinations by mail.

LIST OF AGENCIES

ALGERIA, via France.

ANGOLA, via Portugal.

AUSTRIA, via Germany.

AZORES, via Portugal.

BELGiuM: Service Belge des Echanges Internationaux, Bibliothéque Royale de
Belgique, Bruxelles.

Canary ISLANDS, via Spain.

CHINA: Bureau of International Exchange, Ministry of Education, Chungking.

CZECHOSLOVAKIA: Service des Wchanges Internationaux, Bibliothéque de
VAssemblée Nationale, Prague 1-79.

DENMARK: Service Danois des Echanges Internationaux, Kongelige Danske
Videnskabernes Selskab, Copenhagen V.

76 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1941

Eeyper: Government Press, Publications Office, Bulaq, Cairo.

FinLtaAnD: Delegation of the Scientific Societies of Finland, Kasirngatan 24,
Helsinki.

FRANCE: Service Francais des Echanges Internationaux, 110 Rue de Grenelle,
Paris.

GERMANY: Amerika-Institut, Universititstrasse 8, Berlin, N. W. 7.

GREAT BrivaIN AND IRELAND: Wheldon & Wesley, 721 North Circular Road.
Willesden, London, NW. 2.

Huneary: Hungarian Libraries Board, Ferenciektere 5, Budapest, IV.

InpIA: Superintendent of Government Printing and Stationery, Bombay.

Iraty: Ufficio degli Scambi Internazionali, Ministero dell’Educazione Nazionale,
Rome.

JAPAN: International Exchange Service, Imperial Library of Japan, Uyeno
Park, Tokyo.

Larvra: Service des Echanges Internationaux, Bibliothéque d’Etat de Lettonie,
Riga.

LUXEMBOURG, via Belgium.

MaApbaAGASscar, via France.

MAperrA, via Portugal.

MozAMBIQUE, via Portugal.

NETHERLANDS: International Exchange Bureau of the Netherlands, Royal Li-
brary, The Hague.

New SoutH Wates: Public Library of New South Wales, Sydney.

New ZEALAND: General Assembly Library, Wellington.

Norway: Service Norvégien des Echanges Internationaux, Bibliotheque de
l'Université Royale, Oslo.

PALESTINE: Jewish National and University Library, Jerusalem.

PoLanD: Service Polonais des Echanges Internationaux, Bibliothéque Nationale,
Warsaw.

PortTuGAL: Seceao de Trocas Internacionaes, Bibliotheca Nacional, Lisbon.

QUEENSLAND: Bureau of Exchanges of International Publications, Chief Secre-
tary’s Office, Brisbane.

RuMANIA: Ministére de la Propagande Nationale, Service des Bechanges Inter-
nationaux, Bucharest.

SoutH Australia: South Australian Government Exchanges Bureau, Govern-
ment Printing and Stationery Office, Adelaide.

Spain: Junta de Intercambio y Adquisicién de Libros y Revistas para Bibliotecas
Publicas, Ministerio de Educacion Nacional, Avenida Calvo Sotelo, 20, Madrid.

SWEDEN: Kungliga Biblioteket, Stockholm.

SwITzeRLAND: Service Suisse des Echanges Internationaux, Bibliothéque Cen-
trale Fédérale, Berne.

TASMANIA: Secretary to the Premier, Hobart.

TuRKEY: Ministry of Education, Department of Printing and Engraving,
Istanbul.

Union or SoutH Arrica: Government Printing and Stationery Office, Capetown,
Cape of Good Hope.

Union oF Soviet Socratist REpuBLIcs: International Book Exchange Depart-
ment, Society for Cultural Relations with Foreign Countries, Moscow, 56.

Victorta: Public Library of Victoria, Melbourne.

WESTERN AUSTRALIA: Public Library of Western Australia, Perth.

YUGOSLAVIA: Section des Echanges Internationaux, Ministére des Affaires
Htrangéres, Belgrade.

REPORT OF THE SECRETARY Wah

After the expiration of the year’s extension granted Frank E.
Gass, he was retired from the Government service February 28, 1941.
However, having been appointed correspondence clerk on the Smith-
sonian private roll, effective March 1, he is continuing to carry on
his work in the Exchange office.

Respectfully submitted.

C. W. SHommaxer, Chief Clerk.

Dr. C. G. Axgor,

Secretary, Smithsonian Institution.

APPENDIX 7
REPORT ON THE NATIONAL ZOOLOGICAL PARK

Sir: I have the honor to submit the following report on the oper-
ations of the National Zoological Park for the fiscal year ended
June 30, 1941:

The regular appropriation made by Congress was $239,910, all of
which was expended with the exception of $2,440 which represents
savings from lapses in the filling of vacant positions.

PERSONNEL

An important personnel change was the appointment on June
2, 1941, of Carter H. Anthony, D. V. M., as veterinarian. He came
to the Zoo from the University of Arkansas, where he was engaged
in animal disease research work. This is the first time in the
history of the Zoo that a full-time position of this character has
been filled. It is expected that this will result in a more careful
dietary supervision, as well as much better medical and surgical
attendance on the animals. Also closer cooperation can be given
the various Government departments, as well as outsiders, in any
experiments and studies in which the facilities of the Zoo are used.

A much larger turnover in the force than in prior years has been
occasioned by men accepting positions in work connected with the
National Defense program. Included in this was the recall to active
service of William J. Grant, senior operating engineer, a member
of the Naval Reserve.

IMPROVEMENTS

The closing of the W. P. A. project at tne Zoo on August 6, 1940,
prevented improvements that had been contemplated for the year.
The regular force is hardly sufficient to maintain routine repairs, and
therefore few improvements were begun.

The series of four waterfowl ponds was completed, and birds
transferred there on July 29, 1940. This now makes one of the
most attractive outdoor exhibits in the Zoo. It is especially so
when viewed from the terrace of the new restaurant.

The reptile pit on the south side of the reptile house was com-
pleted by adding a small waterfall at one corner.

78

Secretary's Report, 1941.—-Appendix 7 PLATE 5

1. DINING ROOM, NEW RESTAURANT, NATIONAL ZOOLOGICAL PARK.

Liisi

2. BIRDS IN THE REFRIGERATED CAGE, NATIONAL ZOOLOGICAL PARK.

The five birds are those received from Antarctic Service Expedition, 1941. The three large penguins,
right foreground, are emperors; the one to the left is a gentoo penguin: rear center, a kelp gull.

REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 79

The old waterfowl pond near the creek was filled in with earth
and crushed rock, though no grading was done. Some planting was
done in that area. It is planned to utilize this space for parking of
cars and also to make part of it available for picnicking.

Work was begun on remodeling the west side of the antelope build-
ing, and at the close of the year it was about two-thirds completed.
A cage is being constructed to house the pair of reticulated giraffe.
This will give them a cage with a higher ceiling as well as a larger
outdoor enclosure.

The restaurant constructed by the P. W. A. under an allotment
of $90,000 was completed in the fall of 1940. It is of the Virginia
tavern type of stone construction. The main dining room is beauti-
fully decorated with murals of carved lacquered linoleum, executed
and mounted by Domenico Mortellito. This, with the outside ter-
races overlooking the new waterfowl ponds, has proved to be a
popular luncheon and dining place for the public. The new con-
cessionaire, L. G. Leech, opened the restaurant for business on
March 29, 1941.

The area about the new restaurant was landscaped with evergreens
and other trees and shrubs. An azalea garden of about 300 plants was
laid out on the hillside west of the restaurant. This will greatly
add to the beauty of the surroundings, especially when the plants
are in bloom. In addition, about 200 wild azaleas, more than 100
dogwoods, and about 40 redbuds, as well as other trees and shrubs,
were planted about the grounds.

It is with pleasure that we take this opportunity to thank C. A.
Logan, of the Beltsville Agriculture Center, for the more than 350
trees and shrubs that were obtained from their C. C. C. nursery.
These included shade trees, flowering plants and shrubs, fruit- and
nut-bearing types, and others suitable for ornamental purposes.

NEEDS OF THE ZOO

Proper buildings continue to be the chief need of the Zoo. Struc-
tures most urgently needed which would complete its development
are a new building to house antelope, deer, wild hogs, and kanga-
roos; one for monkeys; and one for carnivores to replace the present
building, which is no longer suitable for the exhibition of these
animals.

Since the closing of the W. P. A. project, and with the increase
of exhibition areas, the existing personnel is inadequate to maintain
the grounds in a presentable condition. It is therefore important
that the maintenance personnel be increased by at least 10 men.

80 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1941

VISITORS FOR THE YEAR

A record of the attendance for the year shows an increase of a
little more than 300,000 visitors over the figures for last year. This
is due in part to the increase in population in the city.

nye Sea ete Ee DS 22 (OOM PRE Ten y a er een eee 95, 800
Aur ous tees ee EE 216,300) March 2.8 35 2 ee ee 171, 700
Septemberi224 2st ee SIS SOON MA qari =e 2 ee teu aes sew oe ee 265, 000
@CtOber ease Wie 166,200 | Matos sue te ee 277, 800
INO Wma eres ee 16920007 | UU Cee ee 280, 100
Mecember 2s fo = =a ee 134, 700 a
SFSU L Ny Ae cle ae Sa ee 115, 600 Totalsni Seas 2, 430, 300

The attendance of organizations, mainly classes of students, of
which there is definite record, was 48,050, from 876 different schools
or groups in 20 States and the District of Columbia. This is the
largest number of such groups ever recorded. A complete listing
by States follows:

Number | Number Number | Number
of of (0) of

State State
persons parties persons | parties

Connecticut:=-= 32 =e 413 all ING Wa Jerse yan = 2s Sree ee 2, 365 33
Delaware niseae ee seas mele 526 D2 a News York 2s) 2s ane 964 23
District of Columbia_________ 8,115 142 || North Carolina_______-_-_---- 1, 457 39
Georgisel Oe eras 516 LO OHIO fs ee es i ie one 1, 256 33
Mlingist@s as eee 38 13 |MPennsylvanials cere se eee 10, 304 201
In is aee ee eens x 31 1 || South Carolina__ ae 1, 474 38
Kentucky 128 4 |) Tennessee_-_-_-_--- 135
Maine 100 Qi Nair Ora foe eseeen 7, 563 139
Maryland_--__- Se s 9, 708 1304) Wiest iVarginiass = = sein ee 2, 309 38
Massachusetts___--...-------- 152
IN bio alk A 375 9
New Hampshire____________-- 121 2 ARO tal eseee ees eee 48, 050 876

About 3 o’clock every afternoon, a census is made of the cars
parked on the Zoo grounds. During the year 56,185 were so listed,
representing every State in the Union, as well as Alaska, Canada,
Canal Zone, Cuba, Hawaii, Mexico, and the Philippine Islands.

Since the total number is merely a record of those actually parked
at one time, it is not of value as showing a total attendance, but is of
importance as indicating the percentage of attendance by States,
Territories, and countries. The record for the year on this basis
shows the District of Columbia automobiles comprised 38 percent;
Maryland, slightly more than 24 percent; Virginia, 16 percent; Penn-
sylvania, 4 percent; and the remaining cars were from other States,
Territories, and countries.

This is the first year that the cars were counted on Sundays and
holidays. In previous years, the record showed that a little more
than 50 percent of the cars were from outside the District. This
year it is 62 percent, which substantiates our estimate of previous
years that adding Sundays and holidays to the count would show
at least 60 percent from outside the District.

REPORT OF THE) SECRETARY 81
ACCESSIONS
FIELD WORK

SMITHSONIAN-FIRESTONE EXPEDITION

A partial account of this expedition was given in the 1940 annual
report of the Director of the National Zoological Park.

Through funds donated to the Smithsonian Institution by the
Firestone Tire & Rubber Co., of Akron, Ohio, a party was sent to
Liberia, West Africa, for the purpose of collecting specimens for
the National Zoological Park. The party consisted of the Director,
Mrs. Mann, Ralph Norris, and Roy J. Jennier. They sailed on the
American-West African Line on February 17, 1940, for Monrovia.

A preliminary shipment of animals collected was made from Li-
beria to Boston in the care of Roy J. Jennier, who arrived at that
port on May 17, 1940. A list of these animals can be found in the
1940 annual report. The remaining members of the expedition ar-
rived in Norfolk, Va., on August 6, 1940, with 100 specimens, several
of which were species new to the history of the collection. We
again wish to express our sincerest appreciation to the members of
the Firestone staff, both in Liberia and here, for the aid and
hospitality given the expedition.

A list of the live animals which arrived in Norfolk on August 6
follows:

SMITHSONIAN-FIRESTONE EXPEDITION

Scientific name Common name Number
Civettictis civetta._____ = ___-_____-__ JNBRORNN OYO ba 2
Genetiaipoensis= Darleicenet2 22 ss Se a eee 2
Nandinia binotata.—_ 28 Neen JOR OOK ut
Galerella melanura____-___------_____ IO Oe Chere ee 1
PCEOUIGLICUSE POLLO Le ees se See PO tho ese ae a ee eh a 1
Cercocebus torquatus lunulatus_______- White-crowned mangabey_-------- 1
OCRODEENS ‘OT ae eee Mamngabe ye sata cee ee ae 6
Mandiilusisp= 222 Se tei ee eee eee 1
TEHDED. TOGH DO) See Oe aa Sok ee Ss 1B Yay gVove apap Guha St cage Ee Nate Bek Big al 1
Husxerus erythropus lacustris_________- African ground squirrel_______-~-_ 2
Mellivora capensis.__----- ep be ys ck 2 Sac gene he 1
Cricetomys gambianus liberiae________. Liberian giant pouched rat___-___~ 2
Choeropsis liberiensis.—____- = Pigmy hippopotamus__—_----—-~--~~ 2
ADVE: Gi TCH DOS A Se West African brush-tailed porcupine 1
Hyemoschus aquaticus_______________-_ Cheyrotain= sas gion His es lta 4
Oephalophus niger__.-----_--____--— . Black duiker_--___~-_-=_-__.______ 3

Cephalophus nigrifrons_________-____-_. Black-fronted duiker__-----...------ 3

82 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1941

SMITHSONIAN-FIRESTONE EXPEDITION—continued

Scientific name Common name Number
Crossarchusiooscuis = eee Marsh: civeto22 2 eee 1
SULLA CUWSNCTUEN CUS eee African Suave Pacrote== = 2
Agapornis pullaria. 22222 ae Red:taced plovebird a= 2 sae 19
Cenatogyumne elata=2 eS EE Ee Yellow-casqued hornbill_____---___ 1
Stephanoaetus coronatus__-___-------~. Crowned hawk-eagle_____-________ 2
Gypohierax angolensis._____--.~---=-_-— Fish-eatinie ‘vulture: 23 22s 2a 1
Kaupifalco monogrammicus__———----~-~ Northern lizard-buzzard_______-__~_ 1
Accipiter tachiro macroscelides_______- West African goshawk___-~---____ 1
BULtSenUStCORNTS See a eee eee Rhinoceros, viper: ae 3
Bitte WOONICH 22 ea Gaboon) vipers2222.22 Jeo eee 2
TOMA UD as) Oe ener Drape IU ae Oa ace Le a Gop races Nea ee 2
Python sebae____--_-_ eee 2 Westy Atrican py thon2==— === sae BA
VAGanus niloticus 22 ee Nile monitor ee 4
TERY VAPOR US SV ee De Ee West African tree frog_-___________ 11
Ranazoccipitaliss== eee West African bullfrog_____-______ 4
Osteolaemus tétraspis=. 2. eee Broad-nosed crocodile--__-_____-__ 1
Crocodylus cataphractus______________ Narrow-nosed crocodile___________ 1
EGNTEYSHCT.OS Ces ee West African back-hinged tortoise 7
PEWS OSCR OIG S a i eel ee Fa rete ea 1

A summary of the specimens received from the expedition,
including those in both shipments, follows:

Class Species Individuals
DiS Oey obo pe ey RU gaa es ON Tey AUIS EN an eee 25 48
TEES BTS 2 AE ere NN eI 15 42
Dee 0 ll y<punpe tere a eA Nee AeA NR PS 20 16
PaNi1'0Y 0) OD Og Y 0 esperar eee ene nl er Ey ee ee ol et 2; 15
DOLD aa ar es a all regi 1 14
FT brea ats ae estan alae Ye 2 a LE ee 61 195
GIFTS

Pleasant contacts made by two previous expeditions have resulted
in the receipt as gifts of a number of desirable specimens.

From the Firestone Plantation in Liberia, through George Sey-
bold, manager, and Dr. Fuszek, Director General of Public Health
of Liberia, the Zoo received a pigmy hippo, a western chimpanzee,
a leopard, 2 rhinoceros vipers, a green mamba, a crowned hawk-
eagle, and a porcupine. These resulted from associations made dur-
ing the Smithsonian-Firestone expedition of 1940.

Through contacts made by Malcolm Davis, Zoo staff member of
the Antarctic expedition of 1940, an interesting lot of birds was
received, including 8 emperor penguins, 4 Gentoo penguins, 2 kelp
gulls, and a giant fulmar. These birds were collected through the
cooperation of Richard Black, Dr. Paul Siple, Jack Perkins, Roger
Hawthorne, and others of the expedition, and brought to the States
by Herwil Bryant, Jr., whose painstaking care on the trip saved

REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 83

all the specimens. Other outstanding gifts include a pair of black
bear cubs from Newbold Noyes, Washington, D. C., an ocelot each
from Maj. C. V. Haynes, Langley Field, Va., and N. M. Rhodes,
U. S. Naval Academy, Annapolis, Md., and a trio of tahr goats
from the New York Zoological Park. KE. A. McIlhenny, of Avery
Island, La., has continued his generosity by sending a number of
waterfowl, greatly adding to the exhibition value of the new water-
fowl ponds. A complete list of donors and their gifts follows.

DONORS AND THEIR GIFTS

Mrs. Robert Adams, Washington, D. C., 2 opossums.

Mrs. Reed Alexander, Washington, D. C., Virginia rail.

Richard Archbold, American Museum of Natural History, New York, 2 ring-
tails or cacomistles.

S. b. Ashford, Washington, D. C., opossum.

Mrs. J. K. Atherton, Hyattsville, Md., double yellow-head parrot.

Judith Atkinson, Washington, D. C., white rabbit.

Vernon Bailey, Washington, D. C., 5 antelope squirrels, 2 eastern chipmunks,
mountain wood rat.

Robert Ball, Washington, D. C., Pekin duck.

Herbert Barber, National Museum, Washington, D. C., mink.

Dr. T. Barbour, Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, Mass., 3 Florida
king snakes, 2 chicken snakes, garter snake, glass snake or legless lizard,
horn snake.

Mrs. Bemar, Bradbury, Md., 5 opossums.

J. B. Berry, Washington, D. C., red fox.

Howard Blanchard, Arlington, Va., 5 horned lizards.

Mrs. Blumenberg, Washington, D. C., common pigeon.

Warren Bowman, Washington, D. C., milk snake.

Miss Wilma Bradford, Washington, D. C., 2 ecottontail rabbits.

David S. Brown, Washington, D. C., Florida diamond-backed rattlesnake.

Mrs. R. Brown, Washington, D. C., robin.

J. Brylawski, Washington, D. C., great horned owl.

Mrs. J. S. Burdette, Kensington, Md., double yellow-head parrot.

W. W. Campbell, Riverdale, Md., barred owl.

Patricia Chambers, Washington, D. C., white rabbit.

Mrs. Cipriano, Washington, D. C., angora rabbit.

Charles Clark, District Training School, Laurel, Md., 2 red-tailed hawks.

Mrs. M. O. Clarke, Chevy Chase, Md., red-tailed hawk.

Mrs. H. Clements, Washington, D. C., white-eyed parrot.

Elias Cohen, Washington, D. C. (through J. N. Hamlet), copperhead snake.

H. James Cole, Bethesda, Md., 4 green tree frogs, hog-nosed snake, 2 garter
snakes, 6 common tree frogs.

Martin S. Cooper, Arlington, Va., ring-necked pheasant.

Mrs. B. J. Costello, Arlington, Va., 2 alligators.

R. E. Crouch, Washington, D. C., oppossum.

Mrs. E. C. Davis, Washington, D. C., 20 guinea pigs, rabbit.

Harry Day, Hyattsville, Md., king snake, 11 painted turtles, 9 spotted turtles,
snapping turtle, 2 musk turtles.

W. M. DeNeane, Washington, D. C., common iguana.

Benjamin C. Dooley, National Zoological Park, red-breasted merganser.

84 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1941

Charles Hast, National Museum, Washington, D. C., pilot snake, fox snake.

Robert Ellis, Washington, D. C., king rail.

Mrs. M. J. Fadgen, Baltimore, Md., troupial.

Dr. Ferguson, Washington, D. C., eastern cardinal.

Albert A. Fields, Washington, D. C., rough-sealed green snake.

Firestone Plantation, Harbel, Liberia, pigmy hippopotamus, western chimpan-
zee, leopard, 2 rhinoceros vipers, green mamba.

Firestone Tire & Rubber Co., Akron, Ohio, East African porcupine, crowned
hawk-eagle.

Fish and Wildlife Service, Department of the Interior, Beltsville, Md., 12 Canada
geese.

Fish and Wildlife Service, Department of the Interior, Washington, D. C., 8 black
ducks.

Fish and Wildlife Service, Mattamuskeet Refuge, New Holland, N. C., pintail
duck.

Fish and Wildlife Service, Sacramento National Wild Life Refuge, Sacramento,
Calif., 10 cackling geese.

Fish and Wildlife Service, Seney Northwest Refuge, Germfask, Mich., 2 blue-
winged teal.

Fish and Wildlife Service, Department of the Interior, Wichita Mountains, Wild-
life Refuge, Cache, Okla., American elk.

Fish and Wildlife Service, through H. A. Bailey, Pungo, Va., 3 whistling swans.

Fish and Wildlife Service, through John N. Hamlet, Washington, D. C., Florida
diamond-back rattlesnake, pigmy rattlesnake, chicken snake, pine snake,
coachwhip snake, 2 pilot snakes, 2 eastern porcupines.

Fish and Wildlife Service, through John M. Hopkins, Waycross, Ga., bald eagle.

Fish and Wildlife Service through William Hopkins, McBee, S. C., for Caro-
lina Sandhills Refuge, wood duck.

Fish and Wildlife Service, through George Mushbach, National Bison Range,
Moise, Mont., bald eagle.

Fish and Wildlife Service, through Sam A. Walker, Manteo, S. C., 2 blue-winged
teal, 6 American coots.

Ralph Fisher, Hyattsville, Md., opossum.

W. M. Fitch, Washington, D. C., alligator.

Wiley Ford, Washington, D. C., 3 guinea pigs.

L. V. Friedlei, Washington, D. C., Pekin duck.

Mrs. J. Friedman, Washington, D .C., screech owl.

William Gee, Washington, D. C., barred owl.

J. Gott, Washington, D. C., least bittern.

Norman Gramam, Suitland, Md., great blue heron.

W. B. Greenwood, Washington, D. C., 2 western rattlesnakes.

Martha Hall, Glen Dale Sanatorium, Glen Dale, Md., Pekin duck.

John N. Hamlet, Washington, D. C., tayra.

Major C. V. Haynes, Langley Field, Va., ocelot.

Helen H. Haynes, Washington, D. C., Pekin thrush.

A. M. Hazel, Washington, D. C., barrel owl.

Dr. A. Henry, Washington, D. C., weasel.

Mrs. F. W. Hill, Washington, D. C., blue jay.

G. A. Holland, Texas, 4 Texas rattlesnakes.

Miss Hopkins, Washington, D. C., mourning dove.

Miss G. E. Hudson, Washington, D. C., painted turtle.

N. Hynson, Washington, D. C., Pekin duck.

Mr. Jacobsen, Arlington, Va., 3 peafowl.

REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 85

Mr. and Mrs. C. M. James, Landover, Md., horned owl, 2 valley quail, bobwhite.

G. H. Jelinek, Washington, D. C., Pekin duck.

Mr. and Mrs. Joseph M. Joel, Washington, D. C., ferret.

A. L. Johns, Washington, D. C., painted turtle.

Set. D. Jones, Police Department, Rockville, Md., black widow spider.

John Paul Jones, Washington, D. C., opossum.

Dr. Howard A. Kelly, Baltimore, Md., 2 marmosets.

William Kennedy, Washington, D. C., sparrow hawk.

C. 8S. Kimball, Washington, D. C., Virginia rail.

Mrs. H. Kingsland, ““Blackstable,” Aiken, 8S. C., 2 barred owls.

Mrs. Krast, Washington, D. C., alligator.

Mrs. H. W. Lambert, Washington, D. C., 2 painted turtles.

Brady D. Large, Washington, D. C., ring-necked pheasant.

George Leonard, Washington, D. C., alligator.

O. M. Locke, New Braunfels, Tex., 52 horned lizards.

Mr. Lovell, Washington, D. C., large brown bat.

Mrs. A. N. Lukacs, Washington, D. C., skunk.

Ernest Lupton, Washington, D. C., black-crowned night heron.

Mrs. J. A. Lyon, Washington, D. C., 2 Arkansas goldfinch, painted bunting.

Mrs. J. A. Mandley, Washington, D. C., white-throated capuchin.

Mrs. L. O. Manley, Chevy Chase, Md., ferret.

J. P. Marshall, Alexandria, Va., great blue heron.

Mrs. J. J. Marvel, Takoma Park, Md., Cuban parrot.

Hdward Matteossion, Bethesda, Md., weasel.

Set. J. McAuliffe, Bethesda, Md., barred owl.

B. McClellen, Washington, D. C., barred owl.

Henry J. McDermott, Takoma Park, Md., 2 canaries.

R. A. McGee, Washington, D. C., opossum.

HH. A. Mellhenny, Avery Island, La., 15 pintails, 3 green-winged teal, 4 canvasback

- ducks, 7 lesser scaup, 5 coots, 24 blue-winged teal, 3 Florida gallinule, 6 blue
geese, 2 lesser snow geese, 3 hybrid ducks (greenhead and black mallard),
ring-necked duck.

Hyan McLaughlin, Washington, D. C., ring-necked snake.

Dr. H. R. Mills, Tampa, Fla., bald eagle.

Vernon Mills, Fallon, Ney., 7 soft-haired ground squirrels.

Mrs. R. T. Minahan, Baltimore, Md., common marmoset.

Miss V. Moore, Washington, D. C., great white heron.

G. Myers, Stanford University, Palo Alto, Calif., 33 California newts.

National Institute of Health, through Dr. J. Oliphant, 2 golden hamsters.

J. A. Nettle, Washington, D. C., screech owl.

New York Zoological Park, 3 tahr goats.

Newbold Noyes, Evening Star, Washington, D. C., 2 black bears.

James O’Hagen, Washington, D. C., woodchuck or ground hog.

Mrs. H. A. Ourand, Takoma Park, Md., red-shouldered hawk.

Logan Owens, Jr., Washington, D. C., coot.

Miss Nancy Pelty, Washington, D. C., Pekin duck.

Dr. Elmo Peters, Washington, D. C., alligator.

Capt. S. Picking, Coco Sola, Canal Zone, Panama, 2 Galapagos tortoises.

John A. Plugge, Chevy Chase, Md., snapping turtle.

Mrs. Virginia Poore, Mount Rainier, Md., white-throated capuchin.

Mrs. Edward Portner, Washington, D. C., 4 skunks.

Mrs. Pratt, Washington, D. C., turtle.

Miss G. V. Rainey, Takoma Park, Md., alligator.

86 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1941

Mildred Reed, Washington, D. C., water snake.

Mrs. James Reeks, Washington, D. C., 4 snapping turtles.

Mrs. Rehbein, Washington, D. C., weasel.

N. M. Rhodes, Dispensary Bldg., U. S. Naval Academy, Annapolis, Md., ocelot.

Dr. Waldo Schmitt, National Museum, Washington, D. C., 2 James Island
snakes, South Seymour Island snake.

Mrs. Scott, Washington, D. C., alligator.

Mrs. Lizzie Shelby, Washington, D. C., 4 pine snakes.

Mrs. Sherry, Washington, D. C., 2 common rabbits.

Robert Shore, Washington, D. C., red fox. ,

Mr. and Mrs. Phillip Shorts, Lander, Wyo., Philippine monkey.

Robert Shosteck, Washington, D. C., fence lizard, snapping turtle.

C. L. Sibley, Wallingford, Conn., 3 bantam chickens.

Orville S. Simpson, Washington, D. C., tovi paroquet.

B. Sisson, Washington, D. C., 2 Pekin ducks.

Mrs. R. Sizemore, Mount Rainier, Md., 2 Muscovy ducks.

Donald Skinker and William Wohlfarth, Washington, D. C., 3 garter snakes.

Joy Eloise Smith, Washington, D. C., 2 Pekin ducks.

R. Smith, Washington, D. C., Pekin duck.

Smithsonian-Firestone Expedition to Liberia—see field work.

Soldiers’ Home, Washington, D. C., red-shouldered hawk.

W. H. Sterling, West Falls Church, Va., black widow spider.

Louis Stone, Washington, D. C., mole snake.

Rex Sullivan, Hudson, N. C., smooth green snake.

Miss L. C. Tait, Washington, D. C., zebra finch.

Clifton Taylor, Hyattsville, Md., snapping turtle, king or chain snake.

Robert Thulman, Chevy Chase, Md., white king pigeon.

Patricia and Terry Townsend, Washington, D. C., Pekin duck.

Miss J. Tendrik, Washington, D. C., Pekin duck.

Tropical Fruit Shop, Washington, D. C., opossum.

Dr. W. G. Trow, Warrenton, Va., barred owl.

U. S. Antarctic Service, Washington, D. C., 3 emperor penguins, 4 Gentoo
penguins, 2 kelp gulls, giant fulmar.

J. W. Urban, Arlington, Va., society finch, zebra finch.

Albert Valeer, Washington, D. C., 3 common rabbits.

Guillermo Valenzuela, Matagalpa, Nicaragua, Nicaraguan titi monkey.

Ernest P. Walker, National Zoological Park, Washington, D. C., 5 ornate
turtles, bull snake.

Washington National Airport, Dispensary Building, ring-billed gull.

Mrs. Way, Washington, D. C., 3 alligators.

Mrs. Lena White, Harpers Ferry, W. Va., double yellow-head parrot.

Karl Weissman, Kew Gardens, Long Island, N. Y., brown capuchin.

Mrs. Martin Welch, Seat Pleasant, Md., opossum.

Jess Williams, Washington, D. C., barred owl.

Lanier Williams, Washington, D. C., water snake, milk snake.

Shirley Ann Williams, Washington, D. C., sparrow hawk.

Miss Katherine A. Zehrfeld, Washington, D. C., alligator.

BIRTHS

There were 70 mammals born, 49 birds hatched, and 14 reptiles
born or hatched during the year.

ee)
aJ

REPORT OF THE SECRETARY

- MAMMALS
Scientific name Common name Number
Ammotragus lervia___--------------- AOU GSO = We aa 3
Aotus trivirgatus________----__----_-. Douroucouli or owl monkey__---~- 2
ANGUS: GLEBE ES a a inn 2 cate BND USP (0 (EX 25 oes etc a tak lr alae 2
BUSOWMOUSON meee so Une eee American’ bisqn2222 222-5 3
BOSKUNGICUS# eine A ee PACEN OY ci Ras SO a A RR ARC ES 1
ROS LE a ee oo ETE ira (ae ah 3
Canis lupus nubilus______----------~~ EW aan Sh wiOlie esses ila So a aa 4
Canis rufus—_—_-------__ et Sees ee TRESS THEOL YyOlbi ses 9
Cervus elaphws_-__---_- = =-- iSuropean red deer_____________-___ 1
Chaeropsis liberiensis___-__-_--------- Pigmy hippopotamug____________-_ 1
Oricetus cricetus subsp_____-------—_. Golden: hamster ==-=2-_- = 22 as 9
Domandamas-——- 5-5 a allows deer 2525 fa Se ee 4
Dendrolagus inustus_____----__------ ree kan SanroOs 2s. 0 ee ee 1
Dolichotis magellanica_____--__--_----. Patagonian eavy_———____-~_____.___ >
LCUISMO NCH = by ss EMAL Diet 8 Sees UG CsN GN ena Mee at Mie ite Cie pee ene MeN 2s
TOILE DCO SH ys ee Se ee SSO 0a Cate ae eS ST dy 1
Leontocebus rosalia________-_~--~--~ _. Lion-headed or golden marmoset__ 2
Macaca mulatia_____-___-__-___-___---- Rhesus monkey__--_--________-___ 1
Macaca nemestrina_____-___-~-------- Pig-tailed macaque _______________ 1
Myocastor coypu_____--_----------~-. Ceypu or nutrias oe see a 3
Oncifelis geoffroyi______----------~~-. G@eotiney7s : cat = 22 ee eae 1
Petaurus breviceps_____-__-----~----- Lesser flying phalanger__.____---~- 6
(PROCYON MOUOT Sew a hee Blackwsraccoons=s— == eee 5
Vulpes) fulwg@en2 oe oo eos RVC Cf O Necrstera a tes ts eM ee ee 2
BIRDS
Branta canadensis_________-------_-- Canadas? 00SG= a2 els eee 16
Guara alba XG. rubra__-_--~--------- J Bove Qu etI(O Fao 0 pS fee i a SY PS tn 1
Limnocoraz flavirostra___----------~- AeA) Weeie se 4
Nycticorax nycticoraxz naevius_____- _. Black-crowned night heron _______~ 16
Pavo cristatus__________-- pale ni a en Biue peatowl2: ees eee 12
REPTILES

Crotalus adamanteus___2_-__-__--___- Florida diamond-backed rattle-

ESTOS) Fee ee eee are eee eck 14
EXCHANGES

There were not a great number of specimens received during the
year through the medium of exchange. Ennio Arrigutti, Buenos
Aires, Argentina, continued his shipments of desirable South Ameri-
can animals. The New York Zoological Park sent a purple-crested
plantain eater. A pair of green Japanese pheasants was received
from the Miami Rare Bird Farm, Miami, Fla. Several shipments
of reptiles have again been received from C. W. Kern, Tujunga, Calif.

PURCHASES

The more important specimens acquired by purchase were a harpy
eagle and a pair of South American bush dogs, three naked-throated
421999417

88 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1941

bell birds, a pair of raccoon dogs, a pair of Chinese badgers and a
pair of Peruvian viscachas. Also purchased during the year were
a pair each of vicunas and llamas. This completed our exhibit of
all the American representatives of the camel family.

REMOVALS
DEATHS

A most serious loss during the year was the number of birds,
mostly parrots, which died as the result of an epidemic of psittacosis
in the bird house. A number of birds suspected of having the dis-
ease were put to death. The entire building was closed, on advice
of the Department of Health, District of Columbia, for about 3
months. The parrot room is still closed to the public. It is believed
that the situation is now well on the way to being cleared. Other
losses included several chevrotain, and an East African leopard, the
last of the lot received in 1926 from the Smithsonian-Chrysler expedi-
tion. A brown hyena which had been in the collection since 1928
died during the year. As in the past, all specimens of scientific value
that died during the year were sent to the National Museum.

SPECIES NEW TO THE HISTORY OF THE COLLECTION

MAMMALS
Scientific name Common name
Cephalopnusnig er == ee ee Black duiker.
Cephalophus nigrifroms__-_- —---__=_----§___ =. Black-fronted duiker.
Huserus erythropus lacustris___- ---___________ African ground squirrel.
Gulercliowncoun (= eee Dwarf civet.
Genctla poensis== a ee Dark genet.
OG LAUNULS COCCI == eae eee Peruvian viscacha.
Meles meles leptorhynchus____-___-___________. Chinese badger.
Nandinia binotata_______-__ es i Sa a African palm civet.
BIRDS
J ESORHGD VOOXXCON OX OG OOS Red-backed buzzard.
Gallirex porphyreolophus______-_____-________. Purple-crested plantain eater.
Gypohierax angolensis_ 2 Fish-eating vulture.
GQGUSECOMNATAC CIS ae oe ele ee eee pa eee ee Kelp gull.
Macronectesigiganteusi 2s eee Giant fulmar.
PUGOSCELIS IPOD UGS ween eee ene Gentoo penguin.
REPTILES
TANT Y SiC OS Ws 2s = = OE ee West African back-hinged.

tortoise.

REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 89

Statement of accessions

Mam-| girgs | ReP- | Amphib-| Fishes | Atach- | potay

How acquired tiles ians

Ipresentede-e esas ese soto ee dees see Se 80 207 165 10 10 3 475
Bormlonhatchedass eee 70 49 A eee ae ost eeeet 133
Received in exchange-------------------- 16 40 39 84) yew wo oes 129
PUnCH ase dees a oe ee 13 57 16 2 OO | Behr 138
Onideposi(= ee 18 Sal See eet osesees eee ee Sea 2 52
Received from Smithsonian-Firestone
Expedition to Liberia____-_-____------- 41 31 23 15S | BEES ON Sera oes 2 110
Received from Antarctic Expedition __-.__|-------- AYO Se |e Se ea ee (ea 10
TRO ta supe eRe a es al 238 428 257 61 60 3 1, 047
Summary
Animalsnonvhand duly i. 1940 2 ey ee 2, 550
Aceessionsduring thevyear so 2 = ee a ee 1, 047
Total animals in collection during year___________________________ 8, 597
Removal from collection by death, exchange, and return of animals on
GUSDOSNG err es SI 1, 217
ingecollectione dune 30. 194i See Le eek a ee Be ee 2, 380

Status of collection

3 ivid- F a
Class Species individ Class Species individ

Mammals 221 OTe INSCCtSeaen 2 see lam Aen tena 1 26
Bind sso ae 327 980) |(PMollusksh=222 22252522 1 5
Reptiles 124 439 || Crustaceans_________________- 1 3
Amphibians___ E 23 79 |
Fishes_________- a 30 144 Motaless- 2220 ssn eee 730 2 380
Arachnids 2 3

A list of the animals in the collection follows:

ANIMALS IN THE NATIONAL ZOOLOGICAL PARK, JUNE 30, 1941

MAMMALS
MARSUPIALIA
Didelphidae:
Didelphis virginiana__-------______-. Opossum: 22 2s ee es Se 4,
Dasyuridae:
Sarcophilus ursinus________________- Tasmanian devil_--_----____--__.. 1
Phalangeridae:
Petaunus breviceps____-_-__________. Lesser flying phalanger____________ 9
Trichosurus vulpecula_______---____- Vulpine opossum__-__--______-.__. 1
Macropodidae:
Dendrolagus inustus______-__-_______ Tree kangaroo22-—==-— 32 3
Dendrolagus inustus finschi_________ Finsches tree kangaroo_____.___-__- 3
Dendrolagus ursinus X D. inustus-__ Hybrid tree kangaroo____------___ 1
Phascolomyidae:

Vombatula ursina________-_________. Flinders Island wombat__.-.----. eh

90 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1941

CHIROPTERA
Vespertilionidae:
Eptesicus fuscus__---——=-—_-- =" -- __- Large brown bat__-~-=-=_______-<_
CARNIVORA
Felidae:
Acinonyx jubatus_____________-__--- Cheéetals.22 02 eee
TRA (0 ee ee ee eee Jungle: cate els a eee
Felis concolor puma___----------~~--. Patagonian’ pun ae ease
FCS LEO sae eas aa A oe el oo ee A Wy) cleeeeiere eam ste Ran ane ea
: Jaguaro. 20 ee
ROMS UG ras ca eae ee ee Jaguate ool ee
Melis pandause= == 2 ee ee Ocelote = 220 a ae
, Indian) leopard ae
ele 20 dUs oe a a ee Indian leopard___--______-__
CUSETIG TING =a a Oe ne a Marga ye oi a epee
CUS TITUS a Eee Bengali tigen. 2s 02 to eee
Felis tignris longipilis=—--—— Siberian: tigeni 2 se eae
Pelvis tigis: sOnd aiGus== = = ee Sumatran) tigerss2 sok ae
UTTAR XO HON GRY I i Bailey's hyn feat eee
ENG TUG ALS rs ieee eed enue eel Bay. lynx 8s ole eee
EY UB UUNES 2A ES aig RIE Bobeat 2:22. S802 ee ee eee
Neofelisinevulosa= = ee See Clouded leopard_-__________-_____~
Oncifelis ‘geoffroyt2 ee ae Geoffroyis cati203222s2 a eee
Profelis temminceki= = ase es Golden:cat=: 2 eee
Viverridae:
Arctietis binturong_______ Binturong 28202 sae eee
Ciweitictis) civetie= =e eee Civetieo oe eee
Galerella melanura 202 Dwart (civets 220 2 eae
Moschothera megaspila_____________- Burmese: civeti ine] 2) bist eee
Nandinia binotata_________ 2 African palm civet______-_________
Paradoxurus hermaphrodytus_______. Small-toothed palm civet___________
Hyaenidae:
Crocuta crocuta germinans__________ East African spotted hyena________
Canidae:
Canishlatndn sass eee aie eee Coyotes a ES A EEE Oe
Canis latrans X domestica__________ Coyote and dog hybrid_____________
Cans lupus lycaons 2 ea Dimiber wolfe 2 2o0 hs Wael
Canis lupus nubilus_______________ TW Ofc
CONS TUfus Se es a eae Texas red wolt2{. 2) eee
Chrysocyon jubata___._______________ Maned): wolf. 20333 2 eee
Cuon javanicus sumatrensis_________ Sumatran wild dog____--_____-___
DUsiCyon (Spe tes 22 aac ane aoe South American fox_______________
DDT St CH OTIS Pye Ss GN NR ne South American fox________-_-___
Urocyon cinereoargenteus___________. Gray: fox seal ee ee
Vulpes ful gs 2222 EGO NAS FROG fox 2 Ses Ee
Procyonidae:
NGSUAINOTICH = Me. a eae aa Coatimund ie eee ene
POtOS aria ot AE i OO EGG ES: Kime) Ova
RACCOON Die Sas eee ree
Procyor. -lotor ON See Se ee Raccoon: (albino) 2-2 eee
Blackiraccoon]] =e ee

Bassariscidae:
Bassariscus astutus

REPORT OF THE SECRETARY

Mustelidae:
Arctonyz collaris..—.—-1---_-1-.--- EL og dlya dg eres i iaiccia ay Was ey emacs
Allan -pliton == es eae eee Wialericive eis eee
Charronia flavigula henricti______--- NSH HO TNE NTE
Galictis barbara barbara___--------- IWihhite: italy ees Ae eee Pe soy
Galictisisp === Ss ee Rees Se BLOW lay Paes eS a
Grison allamandi___-_----------~--- FEN O Tse ese 2 pls Ae ea aun al
Grisonella huronag_.__-------------. Ge ONES 2 See St aes ob ts Gullo
Bai ULOWL US CU Shaw ee ee ae es ee Wolverines. Soe ee Satie be
Lutra eanadensis. vaga__—_---------- LORI ASO tte ee se rah een,
RPINCLESR INGLES eet et AGS Huropean badger_--__-=-_________~
Mellivora capensis.__—__—_-_----------- 1 RAT (2) [ious ea en eR eR CR ee eee
EP McpRitiSENigr@ sos. aoe ae eee ISR ae a a
Micraonyx leptony#________------ _-- Small-clawed otter___._.______-_-__-_
_ Mustela eversmanni____--_--_--_---. IO TTC bese ees le Ts A oilers
Mustela noveboracensis____---_---+-- IWiea se lie spe. Pah he SR are
Mustela. vison vison___-_---_-------- NY fr 0) te ia aie en Ce ae RUE er vee ets oo
Ursidae:
Fuarctos. americanus_____--__--_-__- American black bear__-__-------_.
. Euarctos emmonsii________----_-___-- Glacierczbeare 2 oe SS aie een
Helarctos malayanus__.__-----_-_--_- Malay or sun bear_-__-___________~
Thalarctos maritimus______-__--____ Rolarmbears Sener So eee ee
Thalarctos maritimus X Ursus midden-
LO gf) EE Oe a SE es ee le hyo) lee
UTSWSHanCtOg22 Seon Bee Lee ae European brown bear_____-_-------~
2 QIPSORS OP OH al A a ne Alaska Peninsula bear___.-__--_---~
Ursus middendorfii__________--_____- Kodiak brown bear___-___--_---__-
UGSUSTSUCKEN S182 3 a Se, Sitka brown bear__-_------_-_---~
> Ursus_thibetanus__.-_____ ==. Himalayan’ibear= EE
PINNIPEDIA
Otariidae:
Zalophus californianus_____________- California sea lion-______--------_
Phocidae:
Phocai richard 222s Pacific harbor seal__________----__
PRIMATES
Lemuridae:
Nucticebus coucang___-_-__---_---__-_ Slow loriss == 22 =i
Perodicticus potto________-_---------. PObtO oe a ee
Callitrichidae:
Callithriz jacchus___..__-__--_-------- Common marmoset__--------------
Leontocebus rosalia_______--_~_----- Lion-headed or golden marmoset___
WOO CRTGOUO KT a Black-tailed marmoset____--~----_
Oedipomidas oedipus__________~----- Pinche tamarin_____-__--____-_---
Saimiridae:
ISQUIN ISP) SE ee ee Nicaraguan titi monkey__-------_~
Cebidae:
Alois tnivingatus. == ees Douroucouli or owl monkey__-_-_--
Cebusrapeilaea sf ee ee Brown capuchin 2. ee
Cebus capucinus___________ ----_--~- White-throated capuchin__________-
Cebus fatuellus_______________-__-~- Weeping capuchin________________-
OCD SIS To ee A a ered Gray caplchhn ee

Pithecia monacha__----------------- Sakigmonke yee eee

92 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1941

Cercopithecidae :
Cercocebus fuliginosus______-------- Sooty mangabey___-=--==---=__-= =
~ Cercopithecus aethiops aethiops____-_- Grivet monkey_______-_______.__-
Cercopithecus aethiops sabaeus____-~ Green: guenon.* a eee
Cercopithecus diana____------------- Dignalpmonkeya.s === a. ae eee
Cercopithecus neglectus____---------. De Brazza’s guenon____________-__
Cercopithecus petaurista______-----~ _. Lesser white-nosed guenon_________
Cercopithecus roloway_—------------ Roloway monkey________-__-______
Erythrocebus..patas_____--_-----___- Ratas monkey Ee
Mactan fusca eee Japanese monkey_-----__-___-~-___
MGCOCORGSiOtlSs=—— = a ees Chinese macaque________-_________
MOACECOURINOTOUG= ae a eee ee Javan /monkey22- 5 a eee
Macaca mulatieo== See Rhesus monkey_~_-~----__--_-___-_
Macaca nemestrina___--------------. Pig-tailed macaque________________
Macacdzsilens= = ae Wanderoo monkey__-_-------_____
MEGCOCHESINI CO ee Ee Toque or bonnet monkey___________
MAGUS s =e Moor monkeys 2222221) sass
Mandrillus leucophaeus______------- Drill 2 ee ee
Mandrillus sphing_—-—_=-~____-____-. Mandrill . so a a
PEDLOLCOMGAUS === ee Chacma 220 323 Ve eee
POPOLDOPIOss Sus Vela ee Saeed West African baboon____-_____-___
PQpiojsp 22-22 ee See West African baboon____-______-__
Presbytis senex nestor______________. Western purple-faced monkey_____-
Hylobatidae:
Hajlovates Agilis= ae eee Sumatran! gibbon-2-2=2 aes
Hylobates lar piteatus_-__ == _--=__- Black-capped gibbon___________-_-
Symphalangus syndactylus___._______. Siamang gibbon__________________
Pongidae:
PORE SOLY TRUSS Ee EN ners ei Chimpanzee 22222 we ee
LOTS OGY GUS AV CTAUS eeu es ea Western chimpanzee_______-______
PONG O CUCH i Sas =k Se ee Sumatran orangutan_____-________
PONG ONDUGINGCIUSa = ee a ee Bornean orangutan ______________-
RODENTIA
Sciuridae:
Ammospermophilus leucurus_______-- Antelope squirre]___.._.________._-
Ciichussnol{ ss eee Soft-haired ground squirrel________
Cynomys ludovicianus______-_______- Prairie (dog. 222 eae aS AL
Glaucomys volans = a Miying ssquirre) =e ade
Marmota-monar.2 =) aaa Woodchuck or ground hog___-_____
SCUNUS INIGYSOni= = ee ee Lesser white squirrel___.__________
ISNGUULIS. GOUT Pa Southern fox squirrel_____________
LACH REOIS). SEPUOIOIS Hastern chipmunk__-__--__--_____
Tamiasciurus hudsonicus____.________ Red: ‘squirrels. 250) ees
Heteromyidae:
LDENOCKOLONS CKYXTPU Desert kangaroo rat eee
Dipodomys merriami_______________- Merriam kangaroo rat__-~_____-__
Jaculidae:
OK EOTIOES NOTHIN a Hey pian jerboa=s 2
Castoridae:

Castor canadensis

REPORT OF THE SECRETARY

Cricetidae:
Cricetus cricetus subsp_______-_____-- Golden hamsterg__________________
Cricetomys gambianus_________-___- Gambia pouched rat_______________
Neotoma floridana attwateri_________ Round-tailed wood rat__-__________
Ondatra zibethica_________-________. Black muskrat___________________
Peromyscus californicus_________---. Long-tailed mouse_____-__________
Peromyscus leucopus___-_____---_-_- White-footed mouse___-___________
Peromyscus leucopus noveboracensis_. Northern white-footed mouse______
Peromyscus maniculatus______-__-__ iWhite-footedmouse=—==] 32
Peromyscus maniculatus osgoodi____- Black-eared deer mouse___________
Peromyscus polionotus polionotus____ Old-field mouse___________________
Muridae:
Rattus norvegicus (albino) _____-___- Wihite Tate sae e a oe a
Hystricidae:
Acanthion brachyurum______---_---- Malay porcupine___-______________
Atherurus africana___-__-_-_-------- West African brush-tailed porcu-
TOE WO ee er
LY SHIR GECRR—— East African porcupine___________
Thecurus sumatrae_______-----____-. Brush-tailed poreupine____________
Erethizontidae:
Coendou prehensilis________----____. Prehensile-tailed porcupine________
Hrithizon. dorsatum—=——______--_---__- Eastern porecupine__-__-__________
Hrithizon epivanthum___-__---_--__. Western porcupine________________
Myocastoridae:
Myocastor coypu______-----____-__-. Nutria______ heh AD re E: BS CUBA
Capromyidae:
Capromys pilorides_____-____________ SEM Ua tena ei A TAA eer
Cuniculidae:
Cuniculus paca virgatus____________- Central American paca____________
Dasyproctidae:
Dasyprocta croconota prymnolopha__ Agouti_____-_______-_- ee SE =
Chinchillidae:
Lagidium visceaccia_______~-------_-. Peruvian viscacha_____-______-__-
Caviidae:
Caoviagporcellus= ee Domestic guinea pig____-_____-____
Caria porcellus—= = Domestic guinea pig (angora
DTCC Geile tere aS eats
Dolichotis magellanica_______--__--- Patasonian CaVyyeoeneo sees aa ee
Pediolagus salinicola__-_—__-----~--~-- Dwar Cavyyoss==a2s" 22s See
LAGOMORPHA
Leporidae:
Oryctolagus cuniculus______________. Domesticinabbita= 2
ARTIODACTYLA
Bovidae:
Ammotragus lervia______--__-------- Bsa 010 20 | amet etal e - DENee er een ere res sen
Anoa depressicornis______-__-----~-- SANTO 0 5 =
IBUOOS GCRUPUB Gane Bee ss Se eee
PESTS OTRO US OTe eee a a aera eee { American bison__------------.-----
\Alibinombisomj== 2s eee eames
IBOSKINGICUS=— eee le eee ZC Ne ee SS en gs ee

Bubalus bubalis____-______________-. lhaychigna [oybbipylo—

94 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1941

Bovidae—Continued.
Cephalophus niger__=---.==-_----=-=- Duiker_ ==. sejelyd AN 2
Cephalophus nigrifrons__._------—--. Black-fronted duiker___-___--__--__ 3.
Connochaetes gnu___---------------- White-tailed gnu_-_________________ 2
Hemiitragus jemlahicus_____--------. PUR nye is a Ss Rs al al a 4
Oryx beisa annectens___------------ Ibean beisa oryxX-—--_-~---------_- 2
Ovis europacus_____-_-_------ == Mouflon= 2 paki ae 2
- Poephagus grunnmiens___------------. Walkin c ee pee See 6
Pseudois Nanuet eee Bharal or blue sheep_-__----_--___ 5
Sunceros Caffe; eee African butfalos 22 eee 2
RAUGZOtVagus O7Y Le ee Aye ry Gis ce sl a Bi
Cervidae:
JNGS CHS bead plete Axis deeroc isco. 2 aes 9
Cenousscanadensis= eee "46211 0) A Wenen acevo canteen im enieeemen CL ah 3
Cenuius duvauceiti = 2 eee Barasingha) deer]. eae 2
Cenuusnelanhis eee ee __.. European red deer___----_____~__- 14
Brown fallow deer______--__-_-___ 11
Se Oe a A | White fallow deer___------_--___- 14
Man tide ws UU ni] ice eae ee Rib-faced or barking deer_____-__-- 1
Muntiacus sinensisi- 22 Sees, Chinese rib-faced deer__-_____---__ 1
Odocoileus costaricensis____________- Costa Rican deer__-——-+-___=-____ 1
Odocoileus virginianus___-_____---___ Virginia deer. 222 ss kee 3
Sika nip pons ea ees Japanese eerie. 22 eee 2
Tragulidae:
DLACGUUULS JOUONICUSS= =o aS ee Javan mouse deer_____-_______-_-- 1
Giraffidae:
Giraffa camelopardalis__________.___ Nubian giraffe______ 4
Giraffareiiculatds eee Reticulated giraffe___.__.___._______ 22
Camelidae:
Camelus bactrianus______-________-_- iBactriany camel 22 eee 3
: Lama glama___-__--_---~— pee Sees & Llama)s. 252 ee 2
Lama nuances Se Guanacos2o 222 eae 2
LOM ONpGCos 2 ee ee ee ee Alpacans ier ea ee 2
Vicugna vicugna i. ee Vieuna: 22000000 2 es ee 2
Tayassuidae:
Pecari angulatus________---_-.-----. Collared, peceary.-=--—— == 3
LUPO SSOP WAGU A White-lipped peccary______________ 1
Suidae:
BQOUUSS CUCL UTUS =e are Balbir uss: i) 2e se a man tea)
Phacochoerus aethiopicus massaicus_. Hast African wart hog_____-______ 1
SUS SCO == see fc Tees cai Huropean wild boar___________-___ 1
Hippopotamidae:
Choeropsis libertensis___-___________ Pigmy hippopotamus_____________- 5
Hippopotamus amphibius___________.- Hippopotamus______---_____-_____ 2
PERISSODACTYLA
Equidae:
PHOTOS OTR GON ay Grevy’s.. :zebrace tee 1
TI GUUSNGTEU YL eUSU US ee eee Zebra-assihy brid 22 eee 1
Equus grevyi-caballus______--_-__-_-_--_- Zebra-horse hybrid_________-______ 1
EQUALS Hcl .1 Gee Ee Ween Asiatie wild ass or kiang__________ 2
EQUUS DLS CUES TGLd te es cee Mongolian wild horse_____________ 3
Hquus quagga chapmani____________. Chapman's zebras] 2s ee q

TOOTH RA OU RG fas eT Mountain Zebra ee see ee 1

REPORT OF THE SECRETARY

Tapiridae:
Acrocodia indica________---_--_----. ENSUE EO PLA PL eee Ss Nes os eee!
Tapirella bairdit_________-_______--. Central American tapir___________
RGDINUS LETT EST IS oa EE eee South American tapir_____________
Rhinocerotidae:
Diceros vbicornis_——2 = 2 ee Black rhinoceros_______-__-______
Rhinoceros unicornis____-_---------- Great Indian one-horned rhinoceros.
PROBOSCIDEA
Elephantidae:
Elephas sumatranus_____---_------- Sumatran elephant___________-___
Loxodonta africana oxyotis________- African elephant___-__--___________
EDENTATA
-Choloepodidae:
Choloepus didactylus_________--_---- Two-toed, Sloth. 22222 oe
Dasypodidae:
Chaetophractus villosus______-__-__- Hairy armadillo_________--________
Dasypus novemcinctus_________-___- Nine-banded armadillo____________
BIRDS
STRUTHIONIFORMES
Struthionidae:
Struthio camelus______----___----_- South African ostrich__-___________
RHEIFORMES
Rheidae:
ERE TOA ee ee Common rhea or nandu______-_____
Whitetrheal 22 ee See ewe ae
CASUARIIFORMES
Casuariidae:
Casuarius bennetiiti___._________-____. Bennett’s cassowary__-----------_
Casuaniusespe. ses ats CASSOWALY.. Sc Go See
Casuarius unappendiculatus_________ Single-wattled cassowary_--------~
Dromiceiidae:
Dromiceius novaehollandiae______-__ Common emule. soos eee eee
SPHENISCIFORMES
Spheniscidae:
Aptenodytes forsteri_________------- Emperor penguin____.----___-___-
Pygoscelis papua____--___-___------ Gentoo penguines==- 2s eee
Spheniscus demersus___-__---------- Jackass penguin]
TINAMIFORMES
‘Tinamidae:
Calopezus elegans____--__---_-- ee Crested tinamoul2=22 222
Nothura maculosa___--_------------ Spotted tinamou_________-__----__
PELECANIFORMES
Pelecanidae:
Pelecanus californicus__-.---------~-. California brown pelican__-______-
Pelecanus conspiciliatus____________- Australian pelican______------_--~

Pelecanus erythrorhynchos__-—~----- American white pelican________-__

96 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1941

Pelecanidae—Continued.
Pelecanus erythrorhynchosXP. occi- American white and brown pelican

GENE ig ie AO Be a (hybrid) ____-___ Fig ean ee te oT i
Pelecanus occidentalis___-__-------- Brown pelican Es 2
Pelecanus onocrotalus_-_—__ qa a European pelican_____-__-_----_-- 2
IEGAIGGU DUS OSC Rose-colored pelican_-_---------_- 2

Sulidae:
MOTGUSLOUSSONUSS= =e = eae Gannetes 32 kee See 1
Phalacrocracidae :
Phalacrocorar auritus albociliatus___ Farallon cormorant----------~---- 1
Phalacrocorax auritus floridanus____ Florida cormorant___---------_--- 1
Anhingidae:
AnIiNGananhing (== Anhinga: soe) ee 1
Fregatidae:
TROGIR RUG Lesser frigate bird_____-___-----_ 24
CICONIIFORMES
Ardeidae:
PNGROIGOR WOTROWLIOIS a De Great blue heron________-__-___~- 1
AT CCAHOCCIOCNLALIS ae ae Great white heron__-_____________ 1
Notophoyx novaehollandiae_________. White-faced heron__-_____-_______ 1
Nycticorax nycticorax naevius______- Black-crowned night. heron___-____ 20
Cochleariidae:
Cochlearius cochleariws______-___-__-. Boatbill: heron: eee 3
Ciconiidae:
Dissouna Episcopus.— eee Woolly-necked stork______________ 1
Ephippiorhynchus senegalensis_____-. Saddle-billed stork____________-_~-_ 4.
TOLSICINCLCUS a eee ieee Malay ostorkes > ee eee 2
Leptoptilus crumeniferus___________- Mairaboun222 sense eee ae 1
Leptoptilus dubiws_____-___________- Indianvadjutant: S22 eee 1
Leptoptilus javanicus__-___-___-____ Lesser adjutant______________-__- 2
Myctenaamenricang2= 2 es Wood=ibisu.- ue ee 1
Threskiornithidae:
AGGtO: (090) CS eee. oo lee Shea aaa ea Roseate spoonbill_____-_--__------_- 1
(CARON GHA ee White. ibis22222. 220 20 bee ee 2
Guang alhoaxG 070 eee Hybrid ibis (scarlet and white)___ 1
(CTHRID CUNO Ue ee ee Séarlet: ibis= 28.6) sos 2 ee a |
Threskiornis aethiopica-_____-__-___. Sacred ibis. 222 eas 2
Threskiornis melanocephala_________ Black-headed ibis_________________ 4
Threskiornis spinicollis____________-. Straw-necked ibis___.______________ 2
Phoenicopteridae:
Phoenicopterus chilensis______-_____. Chilean flamingo__--_______-_--_-_ 2
PROCELLARIIFORMES
Procellaridae:
Macronectes giganteus______________ Giant) fulmarse222 eee 1
ANSERIFORMES
Anhimidae:
Chainatcrisicto = eae Crested screamer_______-________- 9
Anatidae:

Ait: sponsa22 52a Pee NeeA EME VAD S TT Wood duck 2. 2200 ee Sanne 9

REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 97

Anatidae—Continued.
Alopochen aegyptiacus____.-------- Hgyptian goose_____-____-----__-- 1
Anas brasiliensis_______-_~------_--~ Brazihaniteala] 20. tee 2
Anas domestica_____-___-----------. Re kano (Qi Gktss eet ee ee 27
Anas platyrhynchos__—_------------- Mallard duck_--------__-~--_ eee) 2S
Anas rubripes______--_--------_---- Black or dusty mallard____________ 1
Aniser aloijnons==_ 2 se. American white-fronted goose__-__-_ 3
Anser cinereus domestica_____— oe CE ee Toulouse goose_____-______-__-____ 1
Anserinas semipalmata_____--------. Australian pied goose_____-______- 2
Branta bernicla____--_----_-----_-- ) B1ef21) 0) pale mene sn RS DAE ie Sa 1
Branta canadensis_______------+---~-- Canada, 200S@2 2-2. ee ee 20
Branta canadensis minima___-_----- Cackling goose___--___-__-________ 10
Branta canadensis occidentalis____-- White-cheeked goose________---__- 15
Cairina moschata__--__------------- Witieconay Clive 8
Casarea variegata_______---------~- Jer enohise ClO 1
Cereopsis novaehollandiae___-___---- Cereopsis or Cape Barren goose____-— 1
Chenwatlantiic = aa SnoOwa2O0se be sees nes ek eee q
Chen caerulescens___-__--------- WD TB MesSOOSCs Set a es 2 ET raya 8
Chenopis atrata________--_-___----_~— IBlackeSwane222 2 ea Sek ee A 4
Chloephaga leucoptera___--_------~---. Magellan goosge__..._______-____--- 1
Chloephaga poliocephala_____---_--- Ashy-headed upland goose_---__-~- 2A
Coscoroba coscoroba____-----------~- Coscoro pases was as 2
Cygnopsis cygnoides______---------- Chinese goose________-__-- BD eoer as ee 3
Cygnus columbianus___-__--_--------~ \WiVinignbinys Shypyl 5
Cygnus melancoriphus_______------- Black-necked swan_____-------_--- 2
CUOUUSHOLO TE ae ae See ee IN Cue (Si ase ee 2
IDO UG. CGUG OS In tesa eee peepee ee Sater ee Sd 8
Dafila spinicauda___--_------------- Chileans pinta = 1
Dendrocygna arborea__------------- Black-billed tree duck_--__-__--__ 3
Dendrocygna autumnalis___-__---_-_ Black-bellied tree duck__---------- 2
Dendrocygna viduata___------------. White-faced tree duck___--_-------- 4
Mareca americana______------------ Baldpatest2s2 222 ea eas ee 1
MICPOUD, GPUS as Besser scalp = =e eee 2
Manilorcolsris = Ring-necked duck__-__------------ 1
Nettion carolinense______--_-------- Green-winged teal____-___---------- 1
ING OCOTSD Sen ee Se eee 1B Gy over GNU Ss scuesista |
Nyroca valisineria________--___---_-- @amivatsbacke duc kes eae ee 2
Plectropterus gambensis________---_- Spur-winged goose____---__------- 2
Querquedula discors_____--------~--. Blue-winged teal____-____--_------- 13
FALCONIFORMES
Cathartidae:
Aegypius monachus_________-_---__- Cinereous vulture____-_____-__-__- 1
OCIGHIGS COURB aa aMpreigeny SAUD 3
Cathartes auraX<Coragyps atratus___. Black vulture and turkey vulture
hybrid’ 2a aes 1
Conagyps.ainais = ee Black. vultures). 22 eee 1
Gymnogyps californianus___—__-----.- California condor_____-___--_-_--- 2
Gypohierax angolensis______--------. Fish-eating vulture______-_______--- 1
Gyps rueppelli______-_--_-_---_-_--- Ruppelkssvulture = 1
Kaupifalco monogrammicus__—-----~-. Northern lizard-buzzard_______-_-~ 1
Sarcoramphus papa____------------- Keingvll ture oe ee eee 1
Torgos tracheliotus____-_------------. African eared vulture___________-_ 1

WV UCE WTR OGY DTU S ee ee er South American condor_____-__---- 3

98 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1941

Sagittariidae:

’ Sagittarius serpentarius_____-------- Secretary Jbird 23322

Accipitridae:
Accipiter tachiro macroscelides_____- West African goshawk__-~--_---_-
iButeosboredliss= = ee Red-tailed hawk _---------------__
iButeoslinea (uss Se eee Red-shouldered hawk__----~~-----
Buteo melanoleucus______----------- South American buzzard eagle____-_-
Buteo poecilochrous__--__----------_- Red-backed buzzard_--.--------__-
Buteo swainsoni___=----=---------=- Swainson’s hawk__-.--------~----
Haliaeetus leucocephalus_____------- Baldi eagle=s:-.2°=; 222s ose ee
Haliastur. indus______~-------~------ Brahminy kite EE
Horpiaenanpye. eee Harpy eagles2242 2. Se ee
Hypomorphnus urubitinga__-_-------- Brazilian eagles. ee
Milvago chimango___--------------- Chimango) 2220 eee
Milvus migrans parasitus_____------. Yellow-billed kite_--___-___________
Pandion haliaetus carolinensis_.____c_- Osprey or fish hawk-__-_--------~-
Parabuteo unicinctus____--_--------. One-banded hawk_---__-----_--_--
Stephanoaetus coronatus___-___------. Crowned hawk-eagle__-_------__-_
Uroactus avudar 22. eee Wedge-tailed eagle_________-__--_-

Falconidae:
Cerchneis sparverius____.__-.___----_- Sparrow hawk_.---_-__-__________
Cerchneis sparverius cinnamominus__ Chilean sparrow hawk___--_---_- abs
Daptrius americanus___------------- Carancho2222 2 sa8hs ee
Polyborus cheriway____------------- Audubon’s caracara___________-___
Polyborus plancus______---------~~-. South American caracara___—-__--_

GALLIFORMES

Cracidae:
Cras fasciolaig= ee eee Crested curassow___.--_--__-_--_-
Crocirubra ss ee 2 ee Panama curassow__-—--_-__-_ =
Cranisclateriaos 2 ae eee Selater’s curassow_--_--__~--__-_-
MG ACINAE Uae eae Razor-billed curassow____---___--_
Penelope: Sp sas 22. 2 eee Gen) a 0

Phasianidae:
ALCCLOris OT WeCh 222 eee Chukar partridge_____.____________
AROUSTANUSLOGOUS= aa Argus: pheasants 2252) eae
Chrysolophus amherstiae_______---_- Lady Amherst’s pheasant__________
Chrysolophus pictus Golden pheasant__________________
Colinus vinginianie: 2 ewe ee IBobwhites vs sabes ee
COLURM TN COTULT NIG Sean nme eels Migratorye QU ale eee
Fexcalfactoria chinensis_______-_____- Blue-breasted button quail_________
EULA G GUL’ aaa eee Jungle: fowle2sos. 2 Ue
Gallusnlafayettt = a ae ee ee Ceylonese jungle fowl__-___________
Gallus) spe kleine aie ila Bantam’ fowla-223- =o eee
Gallas Sys ee ee A UTTE Sco ae Araucanian fowl 2) Sa ees
Gallus sp.x Numida galeata__._____-. Chicken and guinea fowl hybrid___
Gennaeus) lineatug =) ae eee Lineated pheasant___________-__-_
Gennaeus nycthemerus______________ Silver pheasant2{ 225225). eee
EMErO phasis SiVinolis eee Swinhoe’s pheasant___--------___-_
Lophophorus impeyanus_____________ Himalayan impeyan pheasant____-_
Lophortyz californica vallicola______. Valley quailiic caro n icine eas
LOpRura ub a 2a = el eae Malayan fire-back pheasant--_____-

PO VORCHISEC TUS tse ae ele Peafowl

REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 99

Phasianidae—Continued.

IPOVORMUTI CUS sa a eee Green peafowl___------------__--- 1
Ring-necked pheasant____-________ 1
Phasianus torquatus_——-——--——---——— ane ring-necked pheasant________ 2
Phasianus torquatus formosanus___—- Formosan, ring-necked pheasant____ 1
Phasianus. torquatus (var.) ---------- Melanistic mutant ring-necked
pheasant 220 8 eh ace sk 3
Phasianus versicolor____------------ Green Japanese pheasant_______-__ 4
Polyplectron napoleonis____------~-- Palawan peacock pheasant__-__-__ 1
Syrmaticus reevesi____----------~- ~-. Reeves’ pheasant--._---__-__-____- 1
Numididae:
Acrylliium vulturinum___—----------- Vulturine guinea fowl__________-_- t
INQUNIE GI SPace see eee Guineas towlseoe eS eee 4.
GRUIFORMES
Gruidae:
Anthropoides paradisea__-___--------. Paradise, Crane s.2— Slee 2
Anthropoides virgo__---------------. Demoiselle crane__-____-_~----__ v¢
Balearica pavonina____-___-_-----_--. West. African crowned crane_______ 3
Balearica regulorum gibbericeps____— East African crowned crane_______ 1
Fulica americana___------------_--- American. coot_-___-- 2 10
Grus canadensis canadensis____---__- Little brown crane________________ 1
Grus leucauchen___--___~~---_------ White-naped crane________-_______ 1
Grus leucogeranus_____-_---___----_- Siberian .crane_.__________ 2
Rallidae:
Gallinula chloropus cachinnans______ Florida gallinule___________-_______ 4
Gallinula chloropus orientalis_______. Sumatran gallinule________________ 2
Limnocoraxz flavirosira______----_--- African black rail__________-______ 10
Porphyrio poliocephalus_____------~- Gray-headed porphyrio____-__-____ 2
EKurypygidae:
Hurypyga helias______---_--___--__- Sungbitterns22 20 See ae ee 1
Cariamidae:
Cariama cristata___-___-___-_---_-_-. Cariama or seriama___-_____-____- 2;
CHARADRIIFORMES
Haematopodidae:
Haematopus ostralegus.__------------ European oyster catcher____.--___- 2
Charadriidae:
Belonopterus chilensis__________--_-- Chilean lapwing_----__---___----- 2
Scolopacidae:
Philomachus pugnaxv_--_---------~--- ou iE es oe Sn ee 1
Laridae:
LOrwswangentatwusi 2 oe ot eo Herring) sul lies ese see 1
Larus delawarensis_________-------- Ring-billed gull] 222s eee ee 1
Larus dominicanus_-_--------------. Kelpwgullis ee ea ee 2
Larus glaucescens____----------_-~--. Glaucous-winged gull__-__-_--_____ 1
Larus novaehollandiae___-_---------~ Silver: oul. ee i ee 16
COLUMBIFORMES
Columbidae:
Columbia guinea___-__-------------~- Triangular-spotted pigeon_____-__. 1
Columba livia (domestic) ~------_-_~-- Archangel pigeon__________-_-___- 1
Columba livia (domestic) -------_---_- Fan-tailed pigeon____________-____ 1

Columba maculosa____----_--------- Spot-winged pigeon___._.-________-~_ 1

100 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1941

Columbidae—Continued.

Columba palumbus__---------------- Wood {piccon 1
DUCUIGNC ENE Cea eee Green imperial pigeon_____________ 1
Gourancnisti( ee Selater’s crowned pigeon_______--__ 1
Gouri Se Victoria crowned pigeon___________ 1
Lamprotreron jambu___------------- Pink-headed fruit pigeon__________ 1
Leptotila rufavitla_________-_---=-_- Scaled pigeons 22h eee 1
Muscadivores paulina-___----------- Celebian imperial pigeon___________ 1
Streptopelia chinensis______-__------- Asiatic collared dove______---_____ 3
Streptopelia chinensis ceylonensis____ Lace-necked or ash dove____------_ 6
Streptopelia semitorquata_______----. African red-eyed dove__----_-_---- 1
TRUE UTAGESOTULS! aaa Sie Reece Oe Turtledove 2s 2 o..beshe unin ay ee q
Tympanistria tympanistria fraseri___ Tambourine pigeon________-__--__ 2
Zenaida auriculata__._____---__-----. South American mourning dove____ 11
Zenaidura macroura____-___-------- Mourning dove_____-______________ 3
PSITTACIFORMES
Psittacidae:
Agapornis pullaria________-_--------- Red-faced lovebird________________ 12
DNGRT), CHUL ROWE Bp Yellow and blue macaw__-_____-___ 3
VAT aChlOnO pte ae eee Red and blue macaw_______-__-___ 1
ATO INOCUO Se Ee SS hes eat GS, Red, blue, and yellow macaw______ 2
ATG MOnilala 22) Be eee Tense EN Neer Sym al Cay ee 1
TAO TUUUUE OT ee Mexican green macaw_____________ 1
AVGRSCUCT Casi Severe macaw___---__--______=___ 1
ATALINGa.CuopS=— = ee eee Cuban) conure] ee ee 1
Calyptorhynchus magnificus___-____— Banksian cockatoo________-_______ 1
Coracopsis nigra See Lesser vaSa parrot________________ 1
Cyanopsitiacus spivi___________----- Spixtssmacawat= ssa ee 2
Domicella flavopalliata__________---- Red) lory 22 ss22cu0. _ oe eee 3
EClectus nectonglis= =.=. saa ee Helectus! parrot=22 eee 2
Holophus roseicapillus______________. Roseate cockatoo_-_---________-__ 2
Hupsittula canicularis____-_-_-_-__--+- Petz paroquet+-_3= | wih ee eels 1
Kak ato crag === 2a eee eee Whites cockatog l= =a eae 2;
Kakatoe galentez = es eee Large sulphur-crested cockatoo_____ 3
Kakatoe teadveaten eras Leadbeater’s cockatoo_____________ 1
Kakatoe moluccensis________--_____- Great red-crested cockatoo_________ 1
LODE OOG SOUP VORA Lesser sulphur-crested cockatoo____ 5
Kakatoe tenuirostris___-_._-.--_--§_- Slender-billed cockatoo____________ 1
Thorius domicela sas] sas eae Rajah lorysve20 20202. 2
Loris garrulis2 2 ee es ee TO 1ry asta a es a ea 2
Melopsittacus undulatus____________- Grass'parakeet):-. "0 eee 6
Microglossus aterrimus___--________- Great black cockatoo______________ 1
Myopsitta monachus_______-________ Quaker paroquet__________+_______ 1
Nandayus-nanday___-_ = =. Nanday paroquet=2-_ =~ __2_ 0) 2 1
Nestor-notabilisa 22 ee TER ea os Bs petits oe pain ch sl 2
Nymphicas-hollandicus___-__-__- Cockatieloes sa2c Se DASE Oe eee 1
Pionites xanthomeras. = oe Amazonian caique_________________ 2
Psittacula eupatma s—_____________ Red-shouldered paroquet__________ 4
Psitiacula krameri_________-________ Kramer’s paroquet________________ 4
Psittacula longicauda_______________. Long-tailed paroquet___________-_- 2
Pstitacus erithacts== 2 = = African gray parrot_______________ 2
Tanygnathus muellerti_______-__-_____ Mueller parrot: 2-22 ee 1

Trichoglossus cyanogrammus________ Green-naped lory__-______________ 1

REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 101

CUCULIFORMES
Cuculidae:
Centropus sinensis______________-__- Sumatran coucal___-____-- = 1
EHudynamis scolopaceus___-___-______ FROG eee. ie A a BT oe 1
Gallirex porphyreolophus___________- Purple-crested plantain eater______ 1
STRIGIFORMES
Tytonidae:
Tyto alba pratincola__________---___ American barn owl____-___-_______ 2
Strigidae:
Bubo virginianus______-____-_---__-___ Great horned owl____-___-________ 11
Ketupa ketupu___- === Malay fish owl_--.------____-_____ 1
OEWSROS( OSs toe ed eS peed a Sw Sereechy Owilhk=- =. Ses a ee 2
Strix varia varia___________________. Barredgowll 2265 22 oat asec a eh maul 6
CAPRIMULGIFORMES
Podargidae:
Podargus strigoides____-___-_-____--_- Tawny frogmouth_________________ 1
CORACIIFORMES
Alcedinidae:
IDTCAO HUTS SS Kookaburra 22s. soe eee 2
Haleyon pyrrhopygius________-_____- Red-baecked kingfisher_____________ 1
THOLCYONASANCUUS =o = ee Sacred kingfisher_________________ 3
Momotidae:
Momotus lessoni____________________~ VO rn 0 te ea eee 1
Bucerotidae :
Buceros rhinoceros______-_._-_-_-_-.____. Rhinoceros hornbill__-_-___________ 1
Bucorvus abyssivicus______-_----___. Abyssinian ground hornbill________ 2
Ceratogymna elata__________________ Yellow-casqued hornbill___-__-____ 1
Dichoceros bicornis________----_--_- Concave casque hornbill__________-_ 1
PICIFORMES
Ramphastidae:
Ramphastos carinatus______________- Sulphur-breasted toucan____-----__ 3
Ramphastos piscivorus_________--__-_ ARO CORTE OW CET eae ee ee eee 3
PASSERIFORMES
Cotingidae:
Procnias nudicollis__________--_-__-- Naked-throated bell bird__________ 1
Rupicola rupicola______-_-----------~ Codsotsthe :0Ck === eee 1
Corvidae:
Calocitta formosa_______-----__---__ Mexican magpie jay______________- 1
CiSSCRCINeN Sls=ae2 = eee (Chinesexcissa= == aaa =a ene 2
CORDUSTAUNOUSE 22 cas ete SE es White-breasted crow_-_--_-----_-_- 2
Corvus brachyrhynchos______----___- AMErICAM ChOWee ee eee eee 2
Conuus connit22 ==. eS ee Hooded Crowe 2. eee 2
Conus coronoides=— 2 ADEE, CROW 1
Corvus cryptoleucus________----_--~-. White-necked raven__________-____ 4
Convus insolens22 22) eee JENGMAIN,: GROW 3
Cyanocitta cristata___-__--_---------. IB We sy aya ee ee ee 2
Cyanocoraz chrysops___—-- pith pe Tene peek ETT Dy ee eee 2
Cyanocorax cyanopogon__—---------- White-naped jay__-___________-____ 1

Cyanocoraxr mystacalis__-____------- Moustached jay-_-_-__-_______-_-___-- 1

102 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1941

Corvidae—Continued.

Gymnorhina hypoleuca______-------- White-backed piping crow_-------- 3
Pica nutiguii 2 = a eee Yellow-billed magpie______________ 1
Pica pica hudsonia__---—---_-----—-. American magpie___________-___~- 1
Urocissa occipitalis_______-_-------- Red-billed blue magpie__-_____-___ 1
Paradiseidae:
Ailuroedus crassirostris__--_-_------- Australian catbird___.__-__-_______- 1
Epimachus fastuosus________-------- Sickle-billed bird of paradise_______ 1
Ptilonorhynchus violaceus__--------- Satin bowerbird= a ae 1
Scleucides- niger ee 12-wired bird of paradise__________ 1
Uranornis rubra__-—------ = -----_--- Red, bird of paradise_______-______ 1
Pycnonotidae: .
Otocompsa jocosus.2 2 ee Red-eared bulbul__________-_--___~ 1
Pycnonotus analis..---—-- = 3 Yellow-vented bulbul______________ 2
Pycnonotus bindentatus______-____--- Orange-spotted bulbul_____________ Fe
Rubigula dispar ee Red-throated bulbul______--______- 1
Trachycomus zeylonicus___-__-------- Yellow-crowned bulbul_____-_--__- 1
Turdidae:
MESIGNOTOCNLOUTIS= == ee Silver-eared mesia__-__-__________ 1
Mimocichla rubripes_________-----_-. Western red-legged thrush_________ 3
LEDS (Oo Bonaparte’s thrush________________ 1
Turdus rufiventris___--___ ATS eNLNE LO DIne see ae 3
Laniidae:
DOTS HORST Teita fiscal shrike_________________ 1
Sturnidae:
Cosmopsaris regius_________---_-__-. Splendid starling _-_________ On
Creatophora cinerea_______________-. Wattled)istarling 2201 Ree 1
Galeopsar salvadorii_______________- @rested\ Starling ssw 0s ese 1
Graculakreioiosa =222= == ee Southern hill mynah______________ 1
Molothrus bonariensis______-________- Shiny. cow birdie Sek eee 1
ETA DLOULS SOC ILUUD 0 Malitany, Starling 2.2 sen ae 11
Ploceidae:
Coliuspasser ardens___-__-_------~-- Red-necked whydah__-_-__________ 1
Diainopuraipnocne= ee Giantiiwhydah 22222 ieee 4
I EOR OUT: GOGH aj White-headed munia______________ 12
MUNN OVUCCE Seen Black-throated munia_____________ 11
OU ION ORY SHOUD AleWrdelotspoyeb nO yyy ee 25.
White Java sparrow______________ 1
Munia punctulatus_______---_______- Rice bird or nutmeg finch__________ 5
PLOCCUS OGY Geese) a) Sana a ii pelea Baya) weavers i eee 5
Ploceus intermedius___._.-._.___-____ Black-cheeked weaver____________ 2
PLOCCUSETALOLOINOSUSS EE Sa en Chestnut-breasted weaver____-____ Be
Poephila acuticauda_____________ Long-tailed finch__-_______________ 1
Quelea sanguinirostris intermedia____ Southern masked weaver finch_____ 8
Steganura, paradisea.. es Paradise) whydah=. eee 6
Taeniopygia castanotis______________ Zebraisfin chs eeu) ee a 2
Icteridae:
Agelaius assimilis___.___-_-_-____ Cuban red-winged blackbird________ 3
Gymnomystax mexicanus___________- Giant \oriolee.25 0352 a ae 2
icterus ictejus= ae eae eProp telly sl ea jot 4
NOLODSOT .CURCEUSE 2 Saas Chilean blackbird_________________ &

Xanthocephalus xanthocephalus_____. Yellow-headed blackbird__________ 3

REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 103

Fringillidae:
Amandava amandava______-----_-_- Strawberry finch_____-____________ 27
Coryphospingus cucullatus_________-~- Red-crested! finches eee 2,
Cyanocompsa argentina__-__-------~~ Argentine blue grosbeak___________ 2
LDYROXGT, GION G0 es Se ees Diucay hn che 22 eel Se 2
Lophospingus pusillus____-_---------- Black-crested finch _______________- 4
Melopyrrha nigra____--------------- Cuban bullfinch_-_________________ 1
Paroaria cucullata____-______-_----- Brazilian cardinal________________ 5
IRUSSCHINGCIi See ee Painted bunting___________________ 1
Pheucticus tibialis_________-___----- Yellow grosbeak______________ railed Gil
Phrygilus fruticeti________-_-----_~- Mourning finches 16
Phrygilus gayi___-__ === -- == -- ===. Gay’s gray-headed finch __________ q
Seninus canariuse = 2s (Ginn ay gan sie re es 1
Sicalis flaveola_____-_-------=---~~--. My stomfinch 22 Soci a fe a 1
SOGHIIS.. COMUOP ss Lesser yellow finch__.-____________ 6
Spinus psaliria______-__-_----_--_-_ ATKaAnsasi Sol dtinch= as-is eras 1
Spinus uropygidlis_______-_-___-----. Chileanwsiskin sees 3
Sporophila aurita_____-_-_--------~-- Hick’s seed-eater______________-____ 2
Sporophila gutturalis_________-_-__-. Yellow-bellied seed-eater_____-____ 2
TORUSHOULUACEO 2a LE ae Mexican grassquit________________ 1
Uroloncha leucogastroides______-__-- OGLE ty; api Chi see es 1
Volatinia jacarini________-_---------- Blue-black grassquit___.___________ 1
Zonotrichia capensis_______________.. hii eee ae a 3
REPTILES
Crocodylidae: LORICATA
Alligator mississipiensis_____________ PACT SAG Tes ee eee 38
Alligator sinensis_______________-___ Chinese alligator__________________ 3
Caiman latirostris_____________--___. Broad-snouted caiman_____-______ 1
Caiman sclerops______-.----2-_ = Spectacled caiman____.___________ 3
Crocodylus acutus________--________. American crocodile_____-_________ 1
Crocodylus cataphractus___________-. Narrow-nosed crocodile_______-____ 1
Crocodylus niloticus________________- African crocodile —__-— 2 1
Crocodylus palustris________________. “HNO Grae hes 2
Crocodylus porosus______-__-_-_-_-_-_- Salt-water crocodile_______________ 1
Osteolaemus tetraspis_______________ Broad-nosed crocodile______--_____ Bs
Agamidae: SQUAMATA
Physignathus lesueurii______________ Lesueur’s water dragon____________ 1
Gekkonidae:
GECKO CCK Oe ae es GeCKk ORS ir =a ee ehar ae tcee 4
Iguanidae:
Anolis carolinensis_______-__________- False chameleon_____-______-____- 25
AN OWS CQUCSITI Sasa 2a ae Giant anolis=2032 Sos eee 1
Iguana iguan@______________-__-___- 40 2 Vs a SU See lies 1
Phrynosoma cornutum.____-__-____-. Horned (lizardece wn 2 eee 25
Sauromalus obesus_______-_--_---___-_. Chuckw alla Sait ee 2
Sceloporus undulatus_________-____-. Menceslizard asa 2 1
Anguidae:
Ophisaurus apus_______-_-_________- European glass snake_______--____ 1
Ophisaurus ventralis___-__----------- Glassisnake==2= = eee 3
Helodermatidae:
Heloderma horridum______--__--_-~- Mexican beaded lizard_____________ 2
Heloderma suspectum____-__--------- Gila monster 2-52 26 ee 6

421999—41——_8

104 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1941
Teiidae:
Tupinambis nigropunctatus____------ Hecullizacdss==== = 3
Tupinambis rufescens____----------- Rede tesuGhi za d= see 2
Tupinambis teguirvin---------------- Yellow tegu lizard__-_____________ 3
Scincidae:
Egernia cumninghami____----------- Cunninghbam’s skink_______________ 3
Tiliqua nigrolutea______------------- Motiedsizard==== = = 2
TliQuas SCINCOIMES= =a see Blue-tongued lizard________-______ 2
Varanidae:
Varanus komodoensis__--~----------- Komodo dragon____________-_______ all
Varanus niloticus____---_____-----.-- Atri canimonitor2==2 =a 7
WOGanus SQLUGLOTne ee ee Sumatran monitor_____-__________ 10
OPHIDIA
Boidae:
IBOG COOK ee Sn sine oa neces Cook’s ‘tree boa222 222) eee 1
Constrictor constrictor_________---~-. BOA VCOnStrictor= =a) as nae 2
Epicrates cenchris____=—-_-_-_-_______. JRO AON KOR a q
SE PiCraleS CRs SWS mae =e eee Salamanta———- 22 eee i
Epicrates striatus____-_-=§_- == — = = Haitian: boa 222-22 eee 2
BUENON MOLLGUS ae ee eee Indiantrocks pythons sees 3
PUthON, EQUUS sae a eee =- = ball python EE 1
Python reticulatus__________-------- Regal pythons: 2 eee 2
PYERONGSCOLE ee Se ee African rock python saan 2)
Tropidophis melanurus___----------- Cuban boar. =.= =i 1
Cotubridae:
Acrochordus javanicus______--------. Elephant-trunk snake_____________ 1
Coluber constrictor______-- ree Black snakes2!2 4h G ieee ae 2
clos SS — EEE Cobra-de-Paraguay________________ 6
Diadophis punctatws___--—- === === Ring-necked: snakes2 2 0 eee 1
Dromicus-dorsaliss.= ee James Island snake_______________ 1
Dromicus spss _____-____. South Seymour Island snake_______ 1
Drymarchon corais couperi__-------- Indigo: snakes.) 3 ea 5
Hlapvev quince z Corn ake 3
Nicht-snake--. 2.000 Sc eee 1
THOINIG QOWOSOUG TR ee j Pilot Sale LS. 6
White pilot snake_________________ 1
Elphe quadrivittata_____________-__- Chicken (snake2s2 2322 =e 3
15 AHAROGKO: GOOUOP ALD LO S=NOSE di: Sir/alk Cee eee 1
Lampropeltis getulus floridana____--- Florida king snake________________ 2
Lampropeltis getulus getulus________. King or chain snake______________ 1
Lampropeltis triangulum_______-_____ Milk snake: -2 0220 U2 Ae 1
Leimadophis poecilogyrus________-__- South American green snake_______ al
EOD NSE INGAG Ti Sa en EE South American brown snake______ il
TRONEILISE UCT NOLS = ane Smooth green snake______________ 1
Natris cyclopion=—_ = Wiaiter:snake=2. 3222 2a) See 2
EU GHAT RIG PSN) SNS Sa ia REAR es la alsa Water snake 22-2 eee 3
TATION DES GULGTON [Opa iwiestern bullisnakes= 22 aaa 1
Thamnophis ordinoides_____________- California garter snake____________ 1
Thamnophis sirtalis concinnus_______ Pacific garter snake_______________ 1
Thamnophis sirtalis sirtalis_________- Garter Snake: 022.2 15
Hlapidae:
DVO LGM Ds 8 ing (eobral cs ee eee 1
Naja tripudians sumatrana__________ Sumatran: black-hooded cobra______ 1

ING) SS Yo Se eA oN African black cobra_-_-_--__.--_--- 2

REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 105

Crotalidae:
Agkistrodon mokasen___-_-_------~-. Copperhead snake_________________ 2
Agkistrodon piscivorus______--_----~ \YAUSLP TAT OCOSI Ne 1
Crotalus adamanteus______------~-~-- Florida diamond-backed rattle-
SNGKC ee os et eo) Au tie nl ee 4
Crotalus cerastes____________---_--- Sidewinder rattlesnake____________ 7
Crotalus cinereous_______----------- Texas rattlesnake________________- 6
Crotalus horridus__--_-__----------- Banded rattlesnake_______________ 2
Sistrurus miliarius___--_--------~---. Pigmy rattlesnake________________ 1
Viperidae:
IBitis gaoonicd =.=. Gaboon) viperi 22222. 2 ae 2
Bitis nasicornis_____-- === = ee Rhinoceros viper_____________-____ 1
TESTUDINATA
Chelydidae:
Batrachemys nasuta____-_--__--__----- South American side-necked turtle__ 3
Chelodina longicollis__________-_--__- Australian snake-necked turtle___. 2
Chelys fimbriata______________--___~ WERENT) (Abbe 1
LMG RONS 3 eee South American snake-necked turtle. 4
Hydromedusa tectifera____________-_ South American snake-necked turtle. 16
Platysternidae:
Platemys platycephala_____________-_ Hlat-headedhtuxtle == aaa 1
Platysternum megacephalum____----- Large-headed Chinese turtle________ 1
Pelomedusidae:
Pelomedusa galeatai__-______-_______ Common African water tortoise____ 2
Podocnemis expansa______-________-. South American river tortoise_____ 1
Kinosternidae:
KG HOSTERNON Sp=se= aaa eee Central American musk turtle_____ 1
Kinosternon subrubrum____--------_ Musk. turtles. 2S ea 7
Chelydridae:
Chelydra serpentina________________. Stapp in catut] eee ee 8
Macrochelys temminckii___-__________ Alligator snapping turtle_-___-__-_ 1
Testudinidae:
OWMISCIOUS MO 1Prariranrevo lene 13
Clemmys guttata___._____-_________. Spottedsun) = 6
Clemmys insculpta_______-_-_-_--_-_------ \HV@xore) WOVE MOIS) 3
Clemmys muhlenbergii______________ Muhlenberg’s tortoise__--_______-__ 1
Cyclemys amboinensis______________- Kura kura box turtle______________ 6
Deirochelys reticularia______________ Chickens tortolSe=a se ee 1
Emys blandingii________-------____- Blanding sturdle 1
Gopherus polyphemus________-_-___~ Gophers turtles == 1
Graptemys geographica_____________. Geographic turtle_________-__-_____ 1
OUDMUEBUS. GROSS _. West African back-hinged tortoise_. 4
Malaclemmys centrata________-____-. Diamond-back terrapin_____---_--- 9
Pseudemys concinna___________--__-. Cooter Ee ee 4
Pseudemys decussata___-__-___---~-- JsGuhneNa Ieee oN 1
Pseudemys @orbignyi_____-__--_--___. D’Orbigny’s turtle_____________--_- 3
Pseudemys elegans___-__----------~- Cumberland terrapin_-------------- 8
Pseudemys floridana___-----------~_. JM@renGley » Were ON 2
Pseudemys malonei___2- Fresh-water turtle__-__-_______--__ 2
Pseudemys-ornataa 22) OMA (Hoe 2,
Pseudemys rubriventris.2___________. Red-bellied turtle__.-_._________-_- 1
Pseudemys rugosus_____-_------____. Cuban terrapin_—_--------------_-- 1

Terrapene carolina_________________- IBOx tortoises a= oe See 15

106 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1941

Testudinidae—Continued.

Terrapene ornata. 2 22 2 ete ese Ornate box. turtlecsssis23 s2es2 3 5

Restudouchilens(s ee ee eee 9.

Testudo denticulata= ee ee eee 2.

Mestudoelegans=s- sass 22a ee Star tortoises ee eee 2

Testudo.enys=_ oe eee Sumatran land tortoise____________ 1

Testudo ephippium_-_-------------~-- Dunean Island tortoise____________ S

Testudo hoodensis____--------------. Hood Island tortoise_____________-_ 3

Testa OntOLNient == a ee Soft-shelled land tortoise___________ 4

Restudovwicin(= eee Albemarle Island:tortoise_____.____ B3
Trionychidae:

Amy da: fenot=22 2 UA eee Ieee Soft-shelled turtle: 2 eae 6.

AMOUR KUNG US =o ee West African soft-shelled turtle___. 2

Trionys cartilagineus.—- ee Asiatie soft-shelled turtle__________ 1

AMPHIBIA
CAUDATA

Salamandridae:

Triturus pyrrhogaster__.____.____-_-- Red-bellied Japanese newt________- 1

UM OIROUIS AOOSU ae California) newt222 22222 eae

TTUUTUS VITesCens ss ae Common newt___--__-____ fa onan 2

TtUrus: VULCATiS ae ee Salamander cies. ens eee 2
Ambystomidae:

Ambystoma maculatum____________-. Spotted salamander_______-_-_____ 2

Megalobatrachus japonicus_________-. Giant salamander____________-____ 1
Amphiumidae:

AMD UM ON TCO VG aa e eee een Blind eel or Congo snake__________ 2

Amphiuma tridactylum__________-__- Blind eel or Congo snake___________ 1

SALIENTIA

Discoglossidae:

BOMving DOMmMbDINGl. Lassa oe oe Fire-bellied toad___.______________ 6
Dendrobatidae:

LAN CLO DALS i: SP) eee ire aE ea rae SR Spotted? atelopus===2= = aaa 1

Dendrobates auratus__-_- -- ae Arrow-poison frog______________ 3
Bufonidae:

BULO AMETICONUS es ee ee Common American toad____________ 1

SU; OM CNUD USES eae eee et eae = S20 Ge\COM Chie eee ae 12

BUONO US ate eet nina nnn eee enna Marine toad =. 2228 2 ie a 10

Bufo pevtocepnaliss = eee ke Cuban giant toads 2222 a 5
Ceratophrydae:

Ceratophrys ornata____-_____--_____ Horned £10 gi aaah Se ae ane 2

Ceratophrys varius______.__________. Horned! frog 222 2k ae ee 6
Hylidae:

TROOP (QU PORE a _ Australian tree frog_______________ 1

JE LOUGR UARSUOD IO pa Common tree frog_________________ 1
Pipidae:

TOT) CHO ARI OU he Surinamstoad a2 eee ee een 1
Ranidae:

ane Catesoiana ee American bullfrog_____-___-_______ 3

ECOG CLONUL C1 Ss a ieee ne Cee Green fro ye a a se eres 3

Kana occipital se ee eee West African bullfrog_____________ 1

REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 107

FISHES
AGH DDS. OGGUEHIS ee ee eee 3
Botia macracanthus___-__------------. Glownt loach! 2ses re ee eal 2
Carnegiella strigata__________--____--. Striped hatchet fish__________._____ 4
Corydoras melanistius —--_-_----------- Armored catfish__-__----------_-__ 5
Epalzeorhynchus talopterus______-_-~-. Blackie ha tke se ca Bee ee 4
Hemigrammus unilineatus_________---. ----------------~--------~---_---- 1
Hyphessobrycon innesi___------+------ INConi tetra fish. ee ae 16
Kryptopterus bicirrhus__-_-----------~- Glass catfish! (ieee ese 4
Lebistes reticulatus__.______-____-_____- CET) 0) Oh ote ete Net ee Ete ek ee 25
Lepidosiren paradora___------~------- South American lungfish___________ 3
Leporinus fasciata-____-_-___-----_------ Imeopard wish. 228s ee ee 1
-Monocirrlus polyacanthus___._______--. Leaf fish____-_------_---__----___ 1
IVGINOSLOMILS ONOM OS eee Ss ee een eee 8 eee ee 4
INENNOSLOMLUS) MOAGOINMUS a2 == eS 2
INENNOSEOMMS ETUINCOLUS =o es ee en 2
EN(CILIVO SE OTIUUUS MS Tomes Ae ar eae Ee A a a i ee 2
Pantodon buchholzi___________-_----_~-- Butteriyens hs ees ee eee 2
Platypoecilus maculatus_________-__~-- Goldplaties=: 220i ie Ee eee a 10
Plecostomus sp2_------2-~-_-__-__----- Window cleaner_____-__-_--_--__-_ 4
BPA SIL VLC gL D ete asec Se Dn eee 3
Pterophyllum. sealare______----------—-. PATI CVG Se es 4
ULL IAUSMULUCT SUED 0 Ce ie NUN SS Se a ad Ok ree ee ee ee 1
Puntius partipentazona_____---------~ Red-finned barb_____-_________-__- 3
Rasbora heteramorpha___-_----------- Rasbora tlt eG ws Le sien 2 ea) eh 8
Serrasalmus ternetzt_____-__----------- Piranha or cannibal fish__-__-___- 1
Tanichthys albonubes___-___----------- White Cloud Mountain fish_________ 20
TG DIGS Pee ee eee Mouth-breeding fish__-______----_-~ 3
Tiicwogasten, Leents22 a Se SHSOOe otra ee ag 3
Xiphophorus helleri_____-__----.-------. SWOLG.tailluee seek nee eee eee 1
jeje es LS) ON gl Lo OU ES RE Bla ckaikai fe gis esses. sees een eT
ARACHNIDS
Hurypelma sp___---------_-------_ emo arab lies. ees tee tive bee ei See 2
Latrodectus mactans____-__----------- Black widow spider_____---------- 1
INSECTS
HQ DCTORS Den eee ees i REET Giant) cockroach== ee 26
MOLLUSKS
Achatina variegata. Giantilandisnail= eee 5
CRUSTACEANS
Coenobita clypeatus___________________ AMS HELIN ECT al ee 3

Respectfully submitted.
W. M. Many, Director.
Dr. C. G. Axzsor,

Secretary, Smithsonian Institution.

~~ APPENDIX 8
REPORT ON THE ASTROPHYSICAL OBSERVATORY

Sir: I have the honor to submit the following report on the activities
of the Astrophysical Observatory for the fiscal year ended June 30,
1941:

WORK AT WASHINGTON

Messrs. Aldrich and Hoover, with assistance of computers Mrs. A. M.
Bond, Miss L. Simpson, and Miss N. M. McCandlish, prepared in
manuscript the immense table of daily solar-constant observations
from 1923 to 1939. The table contains all individual observations
in detail for the three stations, Montezuma, Table Mountain, and
Mount St. Katherine. A single day sometimes involves in itself alone
a subtable of 10 lines, 10 columns wide. Every solar-constant deter-
mination was scrutinized in detail from the original records before
entry into the great table, and in very many instances recomputed to
check discordant results. Mean values giving the most probable result
of each day at each station were computed, and all were plotted on an
extended scale. This plot made up a roll about 15 inches wide and
200 feet long.

In this form every day’s values were scrutinized by C. G. Abbot, and
discordances noted. As one result of his work in preparation of a
paper entitled “An Important Weather Element Hitherto Generally
Disregarded,” + Dr. Abbot had been strongly impressed by the fact
that the solar variation is several times greater in percentage for blue-
violet rays than for total radiation. This led him to investigate
whether on discordant days the shorter wave length parts of the
energy spectrum of the sun, as computed for outside our atmosphere,
were also discordant. It proved that in many cases they were not,
showing that errors had been made in other than the spectral parts of
the determinations. Hence, the entire great table was gone through,
and for all discordant days the blue-violet extra-atmospheric spectrum
was reduced to comparable units by bringing all days to equality in
the infrared region, where solar variation is nearly nil. Nearly a
hundred pages of newly computed manuscript tables were required
to set forth this information.

With this new information available, Dr. Abbot in many cases
marked “improved preferred” daily values on the great chart for one

* Smithsonian Mise. Coll., vol. 101, No. 1, 1941.
108

REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 109

or more of the stations, as dictated by the blue-violet spectrum. He
then took the general mean for each day, not only of the untreated
results, taking into account only the grades assigned by Messrs. Ald-
rich and Hoover for the separate stations, but also an “improved pre-
ferred” mean for perhaps one-fourth of all the days. These new
means were the results preferred after considering the blue-violet spec-
trum. Both of these daily means were entered in the great table, so
that when it is published, readers may use either the preferred general
mean or the “improved preferred” general mean, as they please.

As the great table was thus being finished in manuscript, it was being
typewritten by Miss M. A. Neill in preparation for the printer. By
the end of the fiscal year it was almost finished for publication. In
the meantime the rest of the manuscript for volume 6 of the Annals
had been finished as far as possible by Dr. Abbot and typed by Miss
Neill. But some changes and additions will be made after the inspec-
tion of the great table is completed. There appears every reason to
hope that the entire manuscript of volume 6, including the great table
and its subsidiaries, tables of 10-day and monthly means, will be in
the printer’s hands before New Year’s Day.

The study of the great table led Dr. Abbot to reconsider whether
the sun’s variation might not be more effectively followed by observa-
tions limited to the blue-violet region of spectrum. He was at length
able to devise a method which appears promising, and which has been
introduced just at the end of the fiscal year at all three field stations.
In brief, the method contemplates inserting in front of the spectro-
bolometer slit a glass filter which restricts the radiation to the desired
blue-violet region. An exactly similar glass filter is inserted before
the aperture of the pyrheliometer. Knowing from the usual solar-
constant work of the day the atmospheric transmission coefficients for
blue-violet rays, it is possible to compute the extra-atmospheric energy
spectrum of the restricted blue-violet spectrum given by the screened
spectrobolometer. A comparison of the blue-violet energy spectra at
the station and as computed for outside the atmosphere gives a factor
to multiply the screened pyrheliometer reading to what it would be
outside the atmosphere.

In this way we restrict the observations to the most variable part
of the observed solar spectrum, and avoid those spectral regions where
ozone, water vapor, and extreme short and long wave lengths introduce
great errors. We greatly hope that this new method will yield more
reliable daily indications of the solar variation.

The necessary instrumental changes for introducing the new method
were done by A. Kramer. He has also prepared special apparatus
for solar distillation of sea water after Dr. Abbot’s design, and many
other required small jobs for the Observatory.

110 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1941

Dr. H. Arctowski continued his meteorological investigations re-
lating to the effects of solar variation on atmospheric barometric
pressure and temperature. His studies led to researches on the
upper air. By courtesy of the Chief of the United States Weather
Bureau a long series of daily nocturnal radio-meteorograph records
were procured. Dr. Arctowski did very extensive computations and
graphical representations with these data. At the end of about 18
months of strenuous investigation he prepared a paper illustrated by
many plots and much tabular matter which will be found of source
value hereafter. This paper will soon issue under a Roebling grant.
Dr. Arctowski finds the important influence of solar variation on
weather plainly obvious, but the manner of its operation extremely
complex. He regards this first paper as merely introductory, and
sees a great field for future investigation.

FIELD STATIONS

As far as possible daily determinations of the solar constant of
radiation were made at three field stations, Montezuma, Chile,
Table Mountain, Calif., and Tyrone, N. Mex. A commodious rein-
forced concrete dwelling house was erected at Montezuma under
H. B. Freeman’s direction.

PERSONNEL

L. A. Fillmen, for many years instrument maker in the Division -
of Radiation and Organisms under private support at the Smith-
sonian Institution, was transferred to the Astrophysical Observatory
Government roll.

SUMMARY

The immense task of preparing the solar-constant work of the
past 20 years for final publication was practically finished. A new
method of following solar variation was devised and installed at
all field stations. An extensive research on the effects of solar vari-
ation by Dr. H. Arctowski approached publication. Dr. Abbot pub-
lished a paper entitled “An Important Weather Element Hitherto
Generally Disregarded,” in which many proofs of solar variation
were assembled, and the effects of it on weather were shown, to-
gether with preliminary attempts at 3- to 5-year weather forecasts
and verifications. These ambitious forecasts, while not as success-
ful as was hoped, are promising.

Respectfully submitted.

C. G. Aszor, Director.

THE SECRETARY,
Smithsonian Institution.

APPENDIX 9

REPORT ON THE DIVISION OF RADIATION AND
ORGANISMS

Str: I have the honor to submit the following report on the
activities of the Division of Radiation and Organisms during the
year ended June 30, 1941:

The operations of the Division have been financially supported by
funds of the Smithsonian Institution and in part by a grant from
the Research Corporation of New York.

For several months during the past year actual work in the
laboratories was suspended during the construction of a new sewer
system and the preparation and actual work of electrical rewiring
throughout the building. Also three of the laboratories and the
machine shop were repainted.

Considerable time has been given by members of the division in
the planning and construction of an exhibit now on display as part
of the “Index Exhibit” in the Main Hall of the Smithsonian Building.
A detailed description of this exhibit appears in the July 1941
number of the Scientific Monthly.

INFLUENCE OF RADIATION ON RESPIRATION

Following the preliminary experiments and improvement in tech-
nique as reported last year on the project dealing with the genesis
of chlorophyll and the beginning of photosynthesis, many data have
been obtained on the respiration of etiolated barley seedlings. This
information is highly desirable because of its bearing upon photo-
synthesis as measured by the gaseous exchange method. Further-
more, a comprehensive review of the literature on respiration as
affected by radiation is being completed and will soon be made
available.

The rate of respiration (carbon dioxide evolution) of etiolated
barley seedlings (i. e., seedlings grown in complete darkness and
devoid of chlorophyll) increases following illumination, whether
measured in dark or in light. Under favorable conditions this rise
amounts to as much as 20 percent of the previous dark rate and is
maintained for at least 7 hours after the ight exposure.

111

112 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1941

The maximal effect of illumination for a 30-minute period occurs
at a fairly low intensity (60 foot-candles or less). The magnitude
of the effect produced by 60 foot-candles of light increases with
the time of illumination up to an exposure period of about 20 min-
utes and remains constant with longer light periods. These results
are graphically illustrated in figure 1.

In many of these studies it was observed that the rate of respira-
tion was not as constant as one would desire during the periods
prior to irradiation. It was thought that perhaps the metabolic
reactions of the seedlings were affected in transferring them from
the germination conditions to those of the respiration chamber. A

PERCENT INCREASE

60 300 600 1200 1600 2400 30900

INTENSITY (F.C) OF ILLUMINATION (30 MIN)

PERCENT INCREASE

50 100 200 300 400 soo

Ficurn 1.—2Hffect of illumination on respiration of etiolated barley seedlings. Percentage
increase in rate of respiration is plotted against intensity of illumination in upper
graph and against duration of exposure in lower graph.

number of changes were made in the germination conditions and
in the preliminary treatment of the experimental plants in the
respiration chamber. After many experiments of this nature it
appears that the rate of respiration either increases or decreases
continuously for a period of time following exposures of the seed-
lings to low or high carbon dioxide concentrations respectively. For
example, figure 2 shows the relative rates of respiration for succes-
sive half-hour periods following a conditioning period of 5 percent
carbon dioxide.

From data of this type it would appear that conditions of car-
bon dioxide storage or depletion develop in the plant tissue depend-
ing upon the concentration of this gas surrounding the plants. In
subsequent periods, when the respiration is measured there is an
increase or decrease in the rate of CO, excretion (i. e., in the apparent

---REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 113

rate of respiration) until a state of equilibrium with the new environ-
ment is attained. If this phenomenon is of widespread occurrence
in green plants as well, it must be of considerable importance also
in experiments in which rates of photosynthesis are measured.
Considerable time has been spent during the late winter and spring
in improving the performance of the spectrograph used in measuring
carbon dioxide for very short periods. A 15-cc. volume absorp-

CONDITIONED
IN
5% COs
FOR
17.5 HRS.

baa

d
9

{2
S
x

ix

i:

IS

A
9

C02 FREE
AIR

SSS SSS

SSE

ie)
SS

9

RX MVEA MASI ds

WWW, >pq SI x
9
SS

S-|JE]_.GGQAAOA_ AN

Ficurn 2.—Effect of previous CO. environmental conditions on succeeding rates of respira-
tion of etiolated barley seedlings.

tion cell providing a 15-cm. optical path was made in the shop and
installed on the instrument. The spectrograph case was lagged
with 4 inches of rock wool and the whole room thermostated to
maintain a temperature of 30° C. These features have improved the
speed-sensitivity and stability of the set-up very materially. The
assembly has been used recently in measuring the solubility of CO,
in water at very low concentrations where a marked departure from
Henry’s Law was discovered. Further experiments on this are
in progress and will be published soon along with a detailed descrip-
tion of the spectrographic method of CO, measurement.

114 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1941
INFLUENCE OF LIGHT IN EARLY GROWTH OF GRASS SEEDEINGS.

Further study of the spectral effectiveness of radiation for the
growth inhibition of the oats mesocotyl has indicated that the maxi-
mum response occurs at 6600 A. It is highly suggestive that both
chlorophyll a and a pigment as yet unidentified which has been found
in dark-grown oats seedlings exhibit an absorption band at. this.
position.

A comparative study has been undertaken of some other species
of grasses that have been reported in the literature as having meso-
cotyls insensitive to light. All of those so far investigated have
been found to be suppressed by light although the intensities required
are much greater than in the case of Avena.

Since the growth of the oats mesocotyl is decreased, even in dark-
hess, by higher temperatures it is of interest to compare the effects
of temperature and of radiation. The high temperature inhibition
appears to differ fundamentally from the light inhibition inasmuch as
the growth of other organs of the seedling, notably the roots, is also
greatly suppressed in the former case. Some preliminary experi-
ments have indicated that in certain varieties of rice, on the other
hand, mesocotyl growth is greater at higher temperatures.

INFLUENCE OF CULTURAL CONDITIONS ON THE GROWTH OF ALGAE

The influence of culture conditions on the photosynthetic behavior
of the alga Chlorella pyrenoidosa has been subjected to further
investigation. The growth cycle of this organism has been studied in
relation to light intensity, carbon dioxide concentration, and the
composition of the nutrient solution. This work is far from com-
plete but has suggested certain changes in the composition of the
nutrient solution and in the design of the apparatus. Equipment
is being constructed for the continuous culture of algae in order
to obtain completely reproducible quantities of biological material
for irradiation experiments.

Experiments were also conducted to ascertain suitable light condi-
tions and culture media for optimum growth of the alga Haema-
tococcus pluvialis in preparation for research on the comparative
effects of short wave lengths of the ultraviolet on the green pigment,
chlorophyll, and the red pigment, haematochrome, in algae.

As a result of inquiries regarding the use of algae in industry
and because of its importance to producers of kelp, Irish moss, agar,
and alginic acid in the defense program, a paper is being prepared
containing the latest statistics and information about the economic
uses of algae.

REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 115

PERSONNEL

No changes have occurred in the status of the Division’s per-
sonnel during the past year. Dr. Jack E. Myers has continued his
work with algae and on photosynthesis under his National Research
Fellowship grant.

PAPERS PRESENTED AT MEETINGS

Photosynthesis and fluorescence. Presented by HE. D. McAlister at the Marine
Biological Station, Pacific Grove, Calif., and at Stanford University, Palo
Alto, Calif., in August 1940.

Quantum efficiency of photosynthesis from fluorescence measurements. Pre-
sented by HE. D. McAlister before the Physics Colloquium, George Washington
University, Washington, D. C., on October 23, 1940.

Fluorescence and photosynthesis. Presented by H. D. McAlister before the .
Philosophical. Society of Washington, D. C., on October 26, 1940.

The efficiency of photosynthesis in relation to fluorescence. Presented by
E. D. McAlister before the Botanical Society of America, Philadelphia, Pa.,
December 30, 1940.

Inhibition of first internode of Avena sativa by radiation. Presented by
Robert L. Weintraub before the American Society of Plant Physiologists, Phil-
adelphia, Pa., December 30, 1940.

Influence of light on the respiration of etiolated barley seedlings. Pre-
sented by Earl S. Johnston and Robert L. Weintraub before the American
Society of Plant Physiologists, Philadelphia, Pa., December 30, 1940.

Culture conditions for Chlorella in relation to its photosynthetie behavior.
Presented by Jack Myers before the American Society of Plant Physiologists,
Philadelphia, Pa., December 30, 1940.

Photosynthesis in past ages. Presented by E. D. McAlister before the
Paleontological Society of Washington in April 1941.

PUBLICATIONS

CHASE, FtorENcn Metre. Increased stimulation of the Alga Stichococcus
bacillaris by successive exposures to short wave lengths of the ultraviolet.
Smithsonian Misc. Coll., vol. 99, No. 17, pp. 1-16, 1941.

McAutstrer, E. D., and Myers, Jack. The time course of photosynthesis and
fluorescence observed simultaneously. Smithsonian Mise. Coll., vol. 99, No. 6,
pp. 1-37, 1940.

McAuister, BE. D., and Myers, Jack. Time course of photosynthesis and
fluorescence. Science, vol. 92, No. 2385, pp. 241-243, 1940.

McAtister, -E. D., MatHeson, G. L., and SwEEeNrny, W. J. A large recording
spectrograph for the infrared to 154. Rev. Scientific Instr., vol. 12, No. 6, pp.
314-319, 1941.

Meier, FLoreNce E. Plankton in the water supply. Ann. Rep. Smithsonian
Inst. for 1939, pp. 393-412, 1940.

WEINTRAUB, Ropert L. Plant-tissue cultures. Ann. Rep. Smithsonian Inst.
for 1940, pp. 357-368, 1941.

Respectfully submitted.
| Earu §. JoHNSTON, Assistant Director.

Dr. C. G. Assor,
Secretary, Smithsonian Institution.

APPENDIX 10

REPORT ON THE LIBRARY

Sm: I have the honor to submit the following report on the
activities of the Smithsonian library for the fiscal year ended June
30, 1941:

THE LIBRARY

The library, or library system, of the Smithsonian is made up
of 10 major and 35 minor units. The former consist of the main
library of the Institution, which since 1866 has been in the Library
of Congress and is known as the Smithsonian Deposit; the libraries
of the United States National Museum, Bureau of American Eth-
nology, Astrophysical Observatory, Freer Gallery of Art, National
Collection of Fine Arts, National Zoological Park, Division of Radi-
ation and Organisms; the Langley Aeronautical Library—deposited
in 1930 in the Division of Aeronautics at the Library of Congress—
and the Smithsonian office library. The minor units are the sec-
tional libraries of the National Museum. Although the collections
in these 45 libraries are on many subjects, they have to do chiefly
with the matters of special moment to the Institution and its branches,
namely, the natural and physical sciences and technology and the fine
arts. They are particularly strong in their files of standard mono-
graphs and serials and of the reports, proceedings, and transactions
of the learned institutions and societies of the world.

Cooperating with the Smithsonian library system, but independent
of it, is the library of the National Gallery of Art, which, during
the year just closed took its first steps, under a competent staff, to
meet the reference needs of the Gallery personnel and of others
outside. The libraries of the Institution welcome the opportunity to
further, in every way possible, the interests of this new friendly
neighbor.

PERSON NEL

The year brought an unusually large number of changes in the
staff. Among these were the following: The retirement, on account
of age, of Miss Gertrude L. Woodin, after long and valuable service
as assistant librarian; the promotion of Miss Elisabeth P. Hobbs,

116

REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 117

junior librarian, to succeed her, and the transfer of Miss Anna
Moore Link from the editorial office in the Bureau of American
Ethnology to the vacancy thus created; the advancement of Miss
Nancy Alice Link to the position of editorial assistant in the Bureau;
the resignation of Mrs. Dorothy E. Goodrich, under library assistant,
and the selection of Miss Elizabeth Gordon Moseley as her successor.
The position of minor library assistant was reclassified to that of
junior clerk-typist and filled by the appointment of Miss Elizabeth
Harriet Link. Charles McDowell served part of the year as assist-
ant messenger. The temporary employees were Mrs. Georgeanna
H. Morrill, library assistant, Mrs. Elizabeth C. Bendure, assistant
clerk-stenographer, Miss Anna May Light, junior clerk-stenographer,
Mrs. Marie Boborykine, special brary assistant, and Arthur W.
Gambrell, assistant messenger.

EXCHANGE OF PUBLICATIONS

The exchange work of the library was again carried on with the
greatest difficulty, owing to abnormal world conditions. The pack-
ages received through the International Exchange Service were only
515—fewer by 814 even than those of the year before, when there had
been a similar decrease from the normal number; the packages that
came by mail were 17,038, or 3,283 fewer than came the previous
year. Most of the publications that failed to come were, of course,
Kuropean and Asiatic. Fortunately, some of these are being held
by the issuing agencies, to be sent to the brary as soon as the wars
are over; others have merely delayed publication; but a few have
been discontinued. Altogether the influence of the disturbed condi-
tions that prevailed was far from favorable to the increase and
diffusion of knowledge by means of the exchange of learned
publications.

There were received, however, a number of rather large sendings,
notably from the Clube Zoologico do Brasil, Sao Paulo; Bataviaasch
Genootschap van Kunsten en Wetenschaffen, Batavia; Royal Swedish
Academy of Letters, Stockholm; Royal Society of Edinburgh, Edin-
burgh; Royal Society of Tasmania, Hobart; and Wellington Accli-
matisation Society, Wellington.

Dissertations came from only 4 universities, 2 of which are in
a neutral Kuropean country—Basel and Ziirich; and 2 in the United
States—Johns Hopkins and Pennsylvania. These totaled 452—quite
a contrast to the 5,190 received in 1939 from 34 foreign institutions
and 3 American. Of the 452 dissertations 261 were assigned to the
Smithsonian Deposit, and the rest, being on medical subjects, were
turned over, as usual, to the library of the Surgeon General.

118 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1941

Most of the 2,316 letters written by the staff pertained to the
exchange interests of the library. They naturally showed a de-
erease from 1940, as did the new exchanges arranged for. There
were 284 of the latter, however, nearly all of which were on behalf
of the Smithsonian Deposit and the libraries of the National Museum,
National Collection of Fine Arts, and Astrophysical Observatory.
Although the number of want cards handled—795—was smaller by
87 than the year before, the publications obtained, both by special
correspondence and by search among the recently organized and listed
duplicates in the west stacks of the Institution, were 8,824, or 1,278
more than in 1940. The result of this successful effort was that a
great many gaps—some vf long standing—were filled in several of
the Smithsonian libraries. In addition to these publications, which
were assigned to the regular sets, others to the number of 6,112 were
selected from the duplicate material and put in reserve for use in
the future. Among these were many foreign items—not a few of
them rare—closely related to the work of the Institution and its
branches. Thus again did the surplus collection in the west stacks
prove of no little value to the library system. And it bids fair to
prove so for years to come, as this rich store of material is made
increasingly available through listing and through checking against
the needs of the various libraries.

From time to time, too, during the year files of serials, long and
short, not wanted by the libraries were exchanged for publications
that otherwise would have had to be purchased. This plan of ex-
changing duplicates for other publications essential to the Institu-
tion was adopted by the library some years ago and has met with
much success. It has added to the collections many valuable items
and has placed a considerable number in other research institutions
where, instead of standing useless on the Smithsonian shelves, they
have contributed their part toward the advancement of knowledge.
The year just closed brought to the library, under this special ex-
change plan, a goodly number of important monographs and serials
that could not be obtained by regular exchange. Among them were
such works as Drawings in the Fogg Museum of Art, vols. I-III, by
Agnes Mongan and Paul J. Sachs; The Material Basis of Evolution,
by Richard Goldschmidt; The Ferns and Fern Allies of Wisconsin,
by R. M. Tryon, Jr., N. C. Fassett, D. W. Dunlop, and M. E. Diemer;
and Nomenclator Zoologicus, in 4 volumes, edited by Sheffield A.
Neave.

In connection with both its regular and its special exchange
activities, the library continued its effort, in cooperation with
the offices of publications, to replenish the depleted stock of Smith-
sonian publications by encouraging the return of material from

REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 119

libraries throughout the country in which it was not needed. It
also continued to act as a clearing-house, thus sending out again
much of this material to institutions that were waiting for it. The
libraries of more than 25 museums, colleges, and universities eagerly
shared in this give and take effort, which was to the advantage of
all participants, but chiefly of the Smithsonian library, for by this
means it was able not only to make many of the publications of the
Institution more widely available to readers and investigators, but
to increase in no small measure the supply of such publications—some
of which had long been out of print—that could be used for future
exchanges.
GIFTS

Many gifts came to the library during the year. Among these
were 622 publications from the Geophysical Laboratory of the Car-
negie Institution of Washington; 612 from the American Association
for the Advancement of Science; 72 from the American Association of
Museums; 66 from the Public Library of the District of Columbia;
42 from the National Institute of Health; and 94 from the recently
discontinued Bureau of the International Catalogue of Scientific
Literature. Among them, too, were a large number of publications
from the Honorable Usher L. Burdick, Member of Congress from
North Dakota, from the late Mrs. Charles D. Walcott—always a
generous friend of the ibrary—and from the Secretary and Assistant
Secretary and other members of the Smithsonian staff. The largest
gift, however, came from Mrs. Frederick E. Fowle—that of 942 sci-
entific books and journals which had belonged to her husband, the
late research assistant of the Astrophysical Observatory.

Other gifts were Hiroshige, by Yoné Noguchi, from the Japanese
Embassy; The Herbarist, Nos. 1-7 (1935-1941), from Mrs. Foster
Stearns; Chinese Jade Carvings of the Sixteenth to the Nineteenth
Century in the Collection of Mrs. Georg Vetlesen—an illustrated
descriptive record compiled by Stanley Charles Nott, volume III,
from Mrs. Georg Vetlesen; A Catalogue of Rare Chinese Jade Carv-
ings (2 copies), compiled by Stanley Charles Nott, from the com-
piler; Two Early Portraits of George Washington Painted by
Charles Willson Peale, by John Hill Morgan, from the Princeton
University Press; Bird Reserves, by E. C. Arnold, from the author;
Moss Flora of North America North of Mexico, volume IT, part 4,
by Dr. A. J. Grout, from the author; The Young Mill-Wrights &
Miller’s Guide (1807), by Oliver Evans, from Edna E. Switzer;
Charles Goodyear—Connecticut Yankee and Rubber Pioneer—A Bi-
ography, by P. W. Barker, from Godfrey L. Cabot, Inc. ; The Shorter

421999-—41-__9

120 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1941

Scientific Papers of Lee Barker Walton, with an Introduction by
Herbert Osborn, edited by George P. Faust, from the editor; Genus
Labordia, Hawaiian Euphorbiaceae, Labiatae and Compositae, by
Dr. Earl Edward Sherff, from the author; Seventh Report of the
Chester County Cabinet of Natural Science (1834), from Dr. Rob-
ert B. Gordon; Barbed Fencing, by Charles G. Washburn—a type-
written copy of an original in the possession of the donor, Reginald
Washburn, who had the copy made especially for the Smithsonian
Institution; Atlanta City Directory, 1940, from the Carnegie Library,
Atlanta; Men and Volts, by John Winthrop Hammond, from the
General Electric Company; The Cranial Bowl, by Dr. William G.
Sutherland, from the author; Military Medals and Insignia of the
United States, by J. McDowell Morgan, from the author; The
Stapelieae, in 83 volumes, by Alain White and Boyd L. Sloane, from
Alain White; The Old Bay Line, by Alexander Crosby Brown, from
the Mariners’ Museum, Newport News; By Their Works, by H.
Phelps Clawson, from the Buffalo Museum of Science; and Flora of
Indiana, by Charles C. Deam, from the Indiana Department of
Conservation.

SOME STATISTICS

The accessions to the libraries were as follows:

a Approxi-
nee mate
Library Volumes Cad Total holdings
charts June 30,
1941
Aistrophysical’@ bserviatonyas eee ee ee eee 173 138 311 10, 156
Bureau of American Ethnology 3183/2 e aoe 378 1 33, 140
Freer) Gallery ofeArt 222222 398 66 464 16, 225
angle yA Cron a tical ea se eae ea ar ee ae ae ee ene 32 20 52 38, 550
INationaliC@ollectioniofehinevArtse eases = see sae as eee ae 240 157 397 7, 689
NationallMiuse ums oe Oe BE as RN Se SR SESE ie 1, 979 942 2, 921 219, 760
INationaléZ oologicalebarkesst=s 2h ao ee 36 34 70 3, 916
Radiationandi@rganisms says ee ee een ee 67 2 69 596
Smithsonian Deposit, Library of Congress_-_--_--_-_-_------- 1, 350 758 2, 108 568, 662
Smithsonian Ofice sane ae ee ee 65 4 69 30, 961
Total: tus Hes sir are. 2 Se ae ee Say SEE ee 4,718 2, 121 6, 839 894, 655

1 From this total have been omitted a large collection of pamphlets hitherto included in the holdings
reported for the library of the Bureau of American Ethnology, and quite a number of other publications
recently removed from the library as not being closely related to the work of the Bureau.

The staff cataloged 6,693 volumes, pamphlets, and charts; prepared
and filed 40,238 catalog and shelf-list cards; made 22,311 periodical
entries; loaned 10,990 publications to the members of the Institu-
tion and its bureaus; and conducted an interlibrary loan service
with 45 libraries outside the Smithsonian system. They rendered
more reference and bibliographical assistance than ever before, in
response to requests in person, by telephone, and by mail, from the
staff of the Smithsonian, other Government employees, visitors,

REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 121

and correspondents far and near—requests often involving hours
of search not only at the Institution but at the Library of Congress
and elsewhere. They kept the index of Smithsonian publications up
to date, and made considerable progress with the index of Smith-
sonian explorations begun the previous year, and some with that of
exchange relations. Their work on the union catalog may be sum-
marized as follows:

RVOlUMIES I Calcall 02 eC eee Se eee ee ee 2, 472
Pamphiletssand charts\cataloged S22 == == See eee 1, 947
INenasciialifempicciinade tn cu yeule iver Nas wees peel ye Ta 178
Typed cards added to catalog and shelf list-__________-_______________ 3, 880
Library of Congress cards added to catalog and shelf list_______________ 13, 662

OTHER ACTIVITIES

As has already been suggested, one of the main activities of the
staff, apart from their routine duties, was that of making lists of
the longer runs of surplus items in the west stacks and checking
them against the needs of the Smithsonian libraries. Another task
was that of bringing nearly to completion the checking of the serial
holdings of several of the libraries, to be included in the forthcoming
second edition of the Union List of Serials. When this work is
finished, it will have involved the examination of the records of more
than 7,000 sets of serial publications, not including, of course, the
thousands in the Smithsonian Deposit and the Langley Aeronautical
Library, which, as they are housed in the Library of Congress, are
reported by that Library. Still another task was selecting consign-
ments of duplicates for exchange, especially with such universities
as Brown, Columbia, Harvard, Pennsylvania, Princeton, and Yale.
And another was preparing the exhibition set of Smithsonian pub-
lications—by completing it and having many of its volumes bound—
for transfer to the shelves provided for it as an outstanding part
of the exhibit of Smithsonian interests in the “Diffusion of Knowl-
edge” room at the Institution. And, finally, among other tasks were
the following: Sending a large number of foreign documents, which
had come to light in course of checking the surplus material, to the
Library of Congress; sorting 2,500 or more reprints by subject and
assigning them to the appropriate sectional libraries of the National
Museum; carrying forward the inventorying of the technological
library, with revision of its catalog and shelf list, and the rearranging
of the office library; and continuing, with excellent results, the work
of reorganizing the library of the Bureau of American Ethnology.

BINDING

Again, lack of funds seriously limited the libraries in meeting their
binding needs. This was true in respect both to the thousands of

122 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1941

older serial volumes still standing unbound on the shelves and to
hundreds of new ones added the last fiscal year. As it was, the
library of the National Museum sent to the bindery 800 volumes; that
of the Astrophysical Observatory, 50; of the National Collection of
Fine Arts, 59; of the Freer Gallery of Art, 38; and of the National
Zoological Park, 11—a total of 958, only about one-half the number
of volumes completed during the year by these libraries.

NEEDS

First among the needs, then, is adequate funds for binding, to the end
that the publications—some of them almost priceless now, in the light
of the destruction that is taking place abroad—may be safeguarded
for the permanent use of the Institution.

Another need, which has become acute, is that of more shelf room
for the collections, especially those of the National Museum library.
Unless this can soon be provided, it may be necessary to resort to the
unfortunate measure of placing some of the less-used files in dead
storage.

And, finally, five new positions should be established, for the follow-
ing: An assistant librarian, to take charge of the acquisition depart-
ment; a junior librarian and a library assistant to strengthen the
under-staffed preparation department, especially the catalog division;
a junior typist, to relieve the catalogers of much clerical routine; a
messenger, to serve primarily the libraries of the Institution proper.

Respectfully submitted.
Witi1am L. Corsi, Librarian.
Dr. C. G. Apgor,
Secretary, Smithsonian Institution.

APPENDIX 11
REPORT ON PUBLICATIONS

Sir: I have the honor to submit the following report on the publi-
cations of the Smithsonian Institution and the Government branches
under its administrative charge during the year ended June 30, 1941:

The Institution published during the year 16 papers in the Smith-
sonian Miscellaneous Collections series, and title page and table of
contents of volume 98; 1 annual report and pamphlet copies of 27
articles in the report appendix; and 8 special publications.

The United States National Museum issued 1 annual report; 19
Proceedings papers, and title page, table of contents, and index of
volume 86; 1 Bulletin, and 1 volume and 1 part of a volume of Bul-
letin 100; and title page, table of contents, and index of volume 26
of Contributions from the United States National Herbarium.

The National Collection of Fine Arts issued 1 catalog, and the
Freer Gallery of Art, 1 pamphlet.

The Bureau of American Ethnology issued 1 annual report and 3
bulletins.

Of the publications there were distributed 125,837 copies,’ which
included 66 volumes and separates of the Smithsonian Contributions
to Knowledge, 32,031 volumes and separates of the Smithsonian Mis-
cellaneous Collections, 24,022 volumes and separates of the Smith-
sonian annual reports, 5,243 Smithsonian special publications, 52,170
volumes and separates of the National Museum publications, 11,882
publications of the Bureau of American Ethnology, 9 publications of
the National Collection of Fine Arts, 3 publications of the Freer
Gallery of Art, 16 reports on the Harriman Alaska Expedition, 12
Annals of the Astrophysical Observatory, and 383 reports of the
American Historical Association.

SMITHSONIAN MISCELLANEOUS COLLECTIONS

There were issued title page and table of contents of volume 98,
and 15 papers of volume 99 and 1 paper of volume 101, making 16
papers in all, as follows:

VOLUME 98

Title page and table of contents. (Publ. 3590.)

1 This does not include the Brief Guide to the Smithsonian Institution, the catalog of the
National Collection of Fine Arts, or the pamphlet of the Freer Gallery of Art.

123

124 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1941

VOLUME 99

No. 6. The time course of photosynthesis and fluorescence observed simul-
taneously, by EH. D. McAlister and Jack Myers. 87 pp., 16 figs. (Publ. 3591.)
August 28, 1940.

No. 7. A systematic classification for the birds of the world, by Alexander
Wetmore. 11 pp. (Publ. 3592.) October 10, 1940.

No. 9. Recent Foraminifera from Old Providence Island collected on the
Presidential Cruise of 1938, by Joseph A. Cushman. 14 pp., 2 pls. (Publ. 3594.)
January 24, 1941.

No. 10. Coelenterates collected on the Presidental Cruise of 1938, by Elisabeth
Deichmann. 17 pp., 1 pl., 4 figs. (Publ. 3595.) January 27, 1941.

No. 11. A new cephalopod mollusk from the Presidential Cruise of 1938, by
Helen C. Stuart. 6 pp., 2 figs. (Publ. 3596.) February 4, 1941.

No. 12. Acarina collected on the Presidential Cruise of 1988, by G. W.
Wharton. 8 pp., 4 figs. (Publ. 3597.) January 29, 1941.

No. 13. Huphausiacea and Mysidacea collected on the Presidential Cruise
of 1938, by W. M. Tattersall. 7 pp., 2 figs. (Publ. 3598.) January 31, 1941.

No. 14. The male genitalia of Hymenoptera, by R. E. Snodgrass. 86 pp., 33
pls., 6 figs. (Publ. 3599.) January 14, 1941.

No. 15. Evidence of early Indian occupancy near the Peaks of Otter, Bedford
County, Virginia, by David I. Bushnell, Jr. 14 pp., 5 pls., 4 figs. (Publ. 3601.)
December 23, 1940.

No. 16. New fossil lizards from the Upper Cretaceous of Utah, by Charles
W. Gilmore. 38 pp., 2 figs. (Publ. 3602.) December 9, 1940.

No. 17. Increased stimulation of the alga Stichococcus bacillaris by suc-
cessive exposures to short wave lengths of the ultraviolet, by Florence Meier
Chase. 16 pp., 2 pls., 3 figs. (Publ. 3603.) January 10, 1941.

No. 18. Two new races of passerine birds from Thailand, by H. G. Deignan.
4 pp. (Publ. 3605.) December 11, 1940.

No. 19. Notes on Mexican snakes of the genus Geophis, by Hobart M. Smith.
6 pp. (Publ. 3629.) February 19, 1941.

No. 20. Further notes on Mexican snakes of the genus Salvadora, by Hobart
M. Smith. 12 pp., 7 figs. (Publ. 3630.) February 21, 1941.

No. 21. A new shipworm from Panama, by Paul Bartsch. 2 pp., 1 pl. (Publ.
3632.) March 31, 1941.

VOLUME 101

No. 1. An important weather element hitherto generally disregarded, by
C. G. Abbot. 34 pp., 11 figs. (Publ. 3637.) May 27, 1941.

SMITHSONIAN ANNUAL REPORTS

Report for 1939.—The complete volume of the Annual Report of
the Board of Regents for 1939 was received from the Public Printer
in October 1940.

Annual Report of the Board of Regents of the Smithsonian Institution show-
ing the operations, expenditures, and condition of the Institution for the year
ended June 30, 1939. xiii+-567 pp., 189 pls., 58 figs. (Publ. 3555.)

REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 125

The appendix contained the following papers:

Is there life in other worlds? by H. Spencer Jones, F. R. S.

Use of solar energy for heating water, by F. A. Brooks.

The fringe of the sun: nebulium and coronium, by C. G. James.

Our knowledge of atomic nuclei, by G. P. Harnwell, Ph. D.

Spectroscopy in industry, by George R. Harrison, Ph. D.

Physical science in the crime-detection laboratory, by J. Edgar Hoover.

Physical interpretation of the weather, by Edgar W. Woolard.

Hurricanes into New England: meteorology of the storm of September 21,
1938, by Charles F. Brooks.

Humanity in geological perspective, by Herbert L. Hawkins, D. Sc.,
F. R. S., F. G. 8.

Geologie exhibits in the National Zoological Park, by R. S. Bassler.

The structure of the earth as revealed by seismology, by Ernest A. Hodgson.

Our petroleum supply, by Hugh D. Miser.

Biologic balance on the farm, by W. L. McAtee.

On the frontier of British Guiana and Brazil, by Capt. H. Carington
Smith, R. EH.

The sea bird aS an individual: results of ringing experiments, by R. M.
Lockley.

Birds and the wind, by Neil T. McMillan.

Bookworms, by H. A. Back.

The problem of conserving rare native plants, by M. L. Fernald, D. C. L.,
D. Se.

Plankton in the water supply, by Florence EK. Meier.

Trichinosis in swine and its relationship to public health, by Benjamin
Schwartz.

Closing the gap at Tepe Gawra, by EH. A. Speiser.

Sun worship, by Herbert J. Spinden.

The use of soapstone by the Indians of the eastern United States, by
David I. Bushnell, Jr.

The modern growth of the totem pole on the northwest coast, by Marius
Barbeau.

Historic American highways, by Albert C. Rose.

Modern trends in air transport, by W. F. Durand.

The story of the Time Capsule, by G. Edward Pendray.

Report for 1940.—The report of the Secretary, which included
the financial report of the executive committee of the Board of
Regents, and which will form part of the annual report of the Board
of Regents to Congress, was issued in January 1941.

Report of the Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution and financial report
of the executive committee of the Board of Regents for the year ended June
30, 1940. ix+115 pp., 4 pls.

The report volume, containing the general appendix, was in press
at the close of the year.

SPECIAL PUBLICATIONS

Brief guide to the Smithsonian Institution (fourth edition). 80 pp., 74 figs.
(Publ. BL.) July 1, 1940.

The Smithsonian Institution, by C. G. Abbot. 25 pp., 18 pls., (Publ. 3604.)
January 18, 1941.

126 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1941

Explorations and field work of the Smithsonian Institution in 1940. 100 pp.,
100 halftone figs. (Publ. 3631.) April 3, 1941.

PUBLICATIONS OF THE UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM

The editorial work of the National Museum has continued during
the year under the immediate direction of the editor, Paul H. Oehser.
There were issued 1 annual report; title page, table of contents, and
index of volume 86 of the Proceedings, and 19 separate Proceedings
papers from volumes 87, 88, 89, and 90; 1 Bulletin, and 1 volume
and 1 part of a volume of Bulletin 100; and title page, table of
contents, and index of volume 26 of Contributions from the United
States National Herbarium, as follows:

MUSEUM REPORT

Report on the progress and condition of the United States National Museum
for the year ended June 30, 1940. iii+118 pp. January 1941.

PROCEEDINGS ; VOLUME 86

Title page, table of contents, and index. Pp. i-ix, 593-626. July 22, 1940.

VOLUME 87

No. 3077. Further studies on the opalinid ciliate infusorians and their hosts,
by Maynard M. Metcalf. Pp. 465-634, figs. 21-157. October 29, 1940.

VOLUME 88

No. 3090. Seven new species and one new genus of hydroids, mostly from
the Atlantic Ocean, by C. McLean Fraser. Pp. 575-580, pls. 32, 33. September
13, 1940.

VOLUME 89

No. 3093. Two new anuran amphibians from Mexico, by Edward H. Taylor.
Pp. 43-47, pls. 1-3. August 13, 1940.

No. 3094. The West American Haliotis, by Paul Bartsch. Pp. 49-58, pls.
6-8. August 15, 1940.

No. 3095. Revision of the scarabaeid beetles of the phyllophagan subgenus
Listrochelus of the United States, with discussion of related subgenera, by Law-
rence W. Saylor. Pp. 59-130, figs. 1-18. November 15, 1940.

No. 3096. The Cuban operculate land mollusks of the family Annulariidae,
exclusive of the subfamily Chondropominae, by Carlos de la Torre and Paul
Bartsch. Pp. 181-885, i-x, pls. 9-57. April 2, 1941.

No. 3097. Seven new crayfishes of the genus Cambarus from Florida, with
notes on other species, by Horton H. Hobbs, Jr. Pp. 387-423, figs. 14-22.
November 23, 1940.

No. 3098. Echinoderms from Greenland collected by Capt. Robert A. Bart-
Jett, by Austin H. Clark. Pp. 425-483, pls. 58, 59. February 27, 1941.

No. 3099. A revision of the keyhole urchins (JJellita), by Hubert Lyman
Clark. Pp. 485-444, pls. 60-62. December 12, 1940.

No. 3100. Hurhoptodes, a remarkable new genus of Philippine cryptorhynchine
weevils, by Elwood C. Zimmerman. Pp. 445-448, fig. 23. November 1, 1940.

No. 3101. The polyclad flatworms of the Atlantic coast of the United States
and Canada, by Libbie H. Hyman. Pp. 449-495, figs. 24-31. February 27, 1941.

REPORT OF THE SECRETARY 27

No. 3102. New species of heterocerous moths in the United States National
Museum, by William Schaus. Pp. 497-511. March 6, 1941.

No. 3103. Dinotocrinus, a new fossil inadunate crinoid genus, by Edwin Kirk.
Pp. 513-517, pl. 68. February 28, 1941.

No. 3104. A supposed jellyfish from the pre-Cambrian of the Grand Canyon,
by R. S. Bassler. Pp. 519-522, pl. 64. February 27, 1941.

No. 3105. Notes on birds of the Guatemalan highlands, by Alexander Wetmore.
Pp. 523-581. March 26, 1941,

VOLUME 90

No. 3106. New fishes of the family Callionymidae, mostly Philippine, obtained
by the United States Bureau of Fisheries Steamer Albatross, by Henry W.
Fowler. Pp. 1-31, figs. 1-16. April 8, 1941.

No. 3108. Synopsis of the tachinid flies of the genus Tachionmyia, with
descriptions of new species, by Ray T. Webber. Pp. 287-304, fig. 17. June 30,
1941.

No. 3111. The Chicora (Butler County, Pa.) meteorite, by F. W. Preston, E. P.
Henderson, and James R. Randolph. Pp. 3887-416, pls. 54-59, fig. 19. June
17, 1941.

No. 3114. A new genus of sea stars (Plazaster) from Japan, with a note of
the genus Parasterina, by Walter K. Fisher. Pp. 447-456, pls. 66-70. June
18, 1941.

BULLETINS

No. 100, volume 13. The fishes of the groups Elasmobranchii, Holocephali,
Isospondyli, and Ostariophysi obtained by the United States Bureau of Fisheries
Steamer Albatross in 1907 to 1910, chiefly in the Philippine Islands and adjacent
seas, by Henry W. Fowler. x + 879 pp., 30 figs. March 10, 1941.

No. 100, volume 14, part 1. Report on the Echinoidea collected by the United
States Fisheries Steamer Albatross during the Philippine Expedition, 1907-
1910. Part 2: The Echinothuridae, Saleniidae, Arbaciidae, Aspidodiadematidae,
Micropygidae, Diadematidae, Pedinidae, Temnopleuridae, Toxopneustidae, and
Echinometridae, by Theodor Mortensen. Pp. i-iv, 1-52, pl. J, figs. 1-3. July
25, 1940.

No. 176. Life histories of North American cuckoos, goatsuckers, hummingbirds,
and their allies, by Arthur Cleveland Bent. viii + 506 pp., 78 pls. July 20,
1940.

CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THF U. S. NATIONAL HERBARIUM: VOLUME 26
Title page, table of contents, and index. Pp. i-xii, 531-554. March 6, 1941.
PUBLICATIONS OF THE NATIONAL COLLECTION OF FINE ARTS

Catatog of American and Huropean paintings in the Gellatly Collection, com-
piled by R. P. Tolman. 20 pp., 11 pls. 1940.

PUBLICATIONS OF THE FREER GALLERY OF ART

The Freer Gallery of Art of the Smithsonian Institution. 8 pp., 1 pl., 2 figs.
1940.

128 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1941
PUBLICATIONS OF THE BUREAU OF AMERICAN ETHNOLOGY

The editorial work of the Bureau has continued under the immediate
direction of the editor, M. Helen Palmer. During the year the follow-
ing Bulletins were issued : ?

Bulletin 126. Archeological remains in the Whitewater District, eastern Ari-
zona. Part II. Artifacts and burials, by Frank H. H. Roberts, Jr. With
appendix, Skeletal remains from the Whitewater District, eastern Arizona, by
T. D. Stewart. xi+170 pp., 57 pls., 44 figs.

Bulletin 127. Linguistic material from the tribes of southern Texas and north-
eastern Mexico, by John R. Swanton. v-+145 pp.

Bulletin 128. Anthropological Papers, Nos. 13-18. No. 13, The mining of gems
and ornamental stones by American Indians, by Sydney H. Ball. No. 14, Iroquois
suicide: A study in the stability of a culture pattern, by William N. Fenton. No.
15, Tonawanda Longhouse ceremonies: Ninety years after Lewis Henry Morgan,
by William N. Fenton. No. 16, The Quichua-speaking Indians of the Province of
Imbabura (Ecuador) and their anthropometric relations with the living popula-
tions of the Andean area, by John Gillin. No. 17, Art processes in birchbark of
the River Desert Algonquin, a circumboreal trait, by Frank G. Speck. No. 18, Ar-
cheological reconnaissance of southern Utah, by Julian H. Steward. xii-+368
pp., 52 pls., 77 figs.

REPORT OF THE AMERICAN HISTORICAL ASSOCIATION

The annual reports of the American Historical Association are
transmitted by the Association to the Secretary of the Smithsonian
Institution and are communicated by him to Congress, as provided by
the act of incorporation of the Association.

During the year there was issued the Annual Report for 1936, volume
2 (Writings on American History). At the close of the year the
following were in press: Report for 1936, volume 3 (“Instructions of
the British foreign secretaries to their envoys in the United States,
1791-1812”) ; Report for 1937, volume 2 (Writings on American His-
tory, 1937-1938) ; Report for 1939, volume 1 (Proceedings) ; Report
for 1940.

REPORT OF THE NATIONAL SOCIETY, DAUGHTERS OF THE AMERICAN
REVOLUTION

The manuscript of the Forty-third Annual Report of the National
Society, Daughters of the American Revolution, was transmitted to
Congress, in accordance with law, December 9, 1940.

ALLOTMENTS FOR PRINTING

The congressional allotments for the printing of the Smithsonian
Annual Reports to Congress and the various publications of the Gov-
ernment bureaus under the administration of the Institution were

REPORT OF THE SECRETARY

129

virtually used up at the close of the year. The appropriation for the
coming year ending June 30, 1942, totals $88,500, allotted as follows:

Shinigami Imsitinmom
IN ETON TT IY BUNS ea ae ee ee
Bureau of American Ethnology-—___-~___________________
NAC an Colleerion Ge UNS AVES ee
INDUCE MARTTO NEN Iq ORAS
INg@itomen! /AO@losnea lak
IANS LILO PY S1C AO SC Tytler
American Historical Association-________________________

Respectfully submitted.

W. P. True, Chief, Editorial Division.

Dr. C. G. Axzor,
Secretary, Smithsonian Institution.

REPORT OF THE EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE OF
THE BOARD OF REGENTS OF THE SMITH-
SONIAN INSTITUTION

FOR THE YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 1941

To the Board of Regents of the Smithsonian Institution:

Your executive committee respectfully submits the following
report in relation to the funds of the Smithsonian Institution, to-
gether with a statement of the appropriations by Congress for the
Government bureaus in the administrative charge of the Institution.

SMITHSONIAN ENDOWMENT FUND

The original bequest of James Smithson was £104,960 8s. 6d.—
$508,318.46. Refunds of money expended in prosecution of the
claim, freights, insurance, ete., together with payment into the
fund of the sum of £5,015, which had been withheld during the
lifetime of Madame de la Batut, brought the fund to the amount
of $550,000.

Since the original bequest the Institution has received gifts from
various sources chiefly in the years prior to 1893, the income
from which may be used for the general work of the Institution.

To these gifts has been added capital from savings on income,
gain from sale of securities, ete., and they now stand on the
books of the Institution as follows:

Avery, Robert S. and Lydia T., bequest fund_________-_____- $51, 445. 64
Endowment fund, from gifts, income, ete-_____-__-_--___-__--_--- 258, 328. 92
Habel Drs ebequest fun dees ae ae eee ee 500. 00
Hachenberg, George P. and Caroline, bequest fund_________- 4, 044. 06
Jeb nealitayay, “Aen SHWE TeDNAOL A 2, 905. 94
Henry, Caroline. bequest: fund. 2 sas Rie ee 1, 216. 20
JE Uo Kesey MO DVa oy em ealiShs, Crees DD 146, 392. 62
HE evens ya to oF WN Cae ener 0 sO CS ase aa 728, 867. 62
Rhees, William Jones, bequest fund______-___-_____---_-_=_ 1, 065. 72
Sanford George EL memorial fund] 1, 995. 18
Witherspoon, Thomas A., memorial fund__-----__----_--___- 129, 774. 35
SS eed ealD ef CaM GH ea es oe 1, 400. 00

Total endowment for general work of the Institution____~ 1, 327, 936. 25

The Institution holds also a number of endowment gifts, the
income of each being restricted to specific use. These are invested
and stand on the books of the Institution as follows:

Abbott, William L., fund, bequest to the Institution__________-- $1038, 969. 99
Arthur, James, fund, income for investigations and study of the

SOLVE Uavol Io HDNRS COVA, HoYS) AUNT 40, 217, 77
Bacon, Virginia Purdy, fund, for a traveling scholarship to in-

vestigate fauna of countries other than the United States___- 50, 381. 96

130

REPORT OF EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE
Baird, Lucy H., fund, for creating a memorial to Secretary

Barstow, Frederic D., fund, for purchase of animals for the
ZS.) © 251 Cea Esa Lea aN es ASL ey ell ER OL
Canfield Collection fund, for increase and care of the Canfield
collection zof mineralge Ss sw eee eh ey ee a
Casey, Thomas L., fund, for maintenance of the Casey collection
and promotion of researches relating to Coleoptera___________
Chamberlain, Francis Lea, fund, for increase and promotion of
Isaae Lea collection of gems and mollusks___________________
Hillyer, Virgil, fund, for increase and care of Virgil Hillyer col-
lechionvotehzhting obj ecis= saa Ties presen eee
Hitcheock, Dr. Albert S., Library fund, for care of Hitchcock
ACTOStOLOSICA le Mui bat yes = a are eS ee eB
Hodgkins fund, specific, for increase and diffusion of more exact
knowledge in regard to nature and properties of atmospheric

Hughes, Bruce, fund, to found Hughes alcove_-_________________
Myer, Catherine Walden, fund, for purchase of first-class works
of art for the use of, and benefit of, the National Gallery

Pell, Cornelia Livingston, fund, for maintenance of Alfred Duane
Fe llColWe ction sae = eet emir tame a Ue tS TN EE oe ee
Poore, Lucy T. and George W., fund, for general use of the
Institution when principal amounts to the sum of $250,000____
Reid, Addison T., fund, for founding chair in biology in memory
OLePAST eC rae TG ears ed ee ea ee
Roebling fund, for care, improvement, and increase of Roebling
eollection of minerals___—--_____________-_____
Rollins, Miriam and William, fund, for investigations in physics
EDTA CH Cae Ce EN TUL SEK j= aga le Parris ee ee ees
Smithsonian employees retirement fund________________________
Springer, Frank, fund, for care, ete. of Springer collection
EET TAL OV EEN 9p ee eS der
Walcott, Charles D. and Mary Vaux, research fund, for develop-
ment of geological and paleontological studies and publishing
TEX SMSAU GSS GUSTS es eet sy ne
Younger, Helen Walcott, fund, held in trust__-_--_--------------
Zerbee, Frances Brincklé, fund, for endowment of aquaria_____-
Special research fund, gift, in the form of real estate_---------~-

Total endowment for specific purposes other than Freer
ENO O WINE Se ee cena Ee ee ee

131

$16, 296. 07
764. 93

38, 461, 71
9, 223. 59
28, 318. 52
6, 609. 1]
1, 375. 68
100, 000. 00
18, 248. 71
19, 062. 41
2, 427. 09
81, 367. 65
30, 134. 19
121, 359. 54

99, 963. 23
11, 651. 48

18, 033. 47

11, 635. 83
50, 112. 50

765. 33
20, 946. 00

881, 326. 76

The above funds amount to a total of $2,209,263.01, and are carried

in the following investment accounts of the Institution:

U. S. Treasury deposit account, drawing 6 percent interest_______
Consolidated investment fund (income in table below) —------~--~
Miscellaneous speciale tan 6 —————————————

$1, 000, 000. 00
1, 093, 301. 51

115, 961. 50

2, 209, 263. 01

132 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1941

CONSOLIDATED FUND

Statement of principal and income for the last 10 years

Fiscal year Capital Income Sian Fiscal year Capital Income ges
OS QS See Aue $712, 156. 86 | $26, 142. 21 5 OY | JIB Y/ ans $738, 858. 54 | $33, 819. 43 4. 57
1933 se 764, 077. 67 28, 185. 11 By ote). HY IB 867, 528. 50 34, 679. 64 4.00
‘1934 en ees 754, 570. 84 26, 650. 32 306m || 1939 ees 902, 801. 27 30, 710. 53 3. 40
O35 se ee eee 706, 765. 68 26, 808. 86 OHO G40 Seen ee 1, 081, 249. 25 38, 673. 29 3. 47
1936H se! 723, 795. 46 26, 836. 61 3.71 194 ee eas 1, 093, 301. 51 41, 167. 38 3. 76

FREER GALLERY OF ART FUND

Karly in 1906, by deed of gift, Charles L. Freer, of Detroit, gave
to the Institution his collection of Chinese and other Oriental objects
of art, as well as paintings, etchings, and other works of art by
Whistler, Thayer, Dewing, and other artists. Later he also gave
funds for the construction of a building to house the collection, and
finally in his will, probated November 6, 1919, he provided stock
and securities to the estimated value of $1,958,591.42 as an endow-
ment fund for the operation of the gallery. From the above date
to the present time these funds have been increased by stock divi-
dends, savings of income, etc., to a total of $6,030,586.91. In view
of the importance and special nature of the gift and the requirements
of the testator in respect to it, all Freer funds are kept separate
from the other funds of the Institution, and the accounting in
respect to them is stated separately.

The invested funds of the Freer bequest are classified as follows:

(GODT NG ARCO Tabb eee $675, 573. 37
Court) and! grounds) maintenance fund=_—) 2) ee 169, 656. 83
UTE aE UU ak eT as eto ata les 687, 507. 68
Residuary legacy __-_____ BE SN a Legh Mtr ale al op ele 4, 497, 849. 03
ENG) Gey) eee eee eases UR heh ce a rc el 6, 030, 586. 91
SUMMARY
Invested endowment for general purposes_______--__________-__ $1, 827, 936. 25
Invested endowment for specific purposes other than Freer endow-
WOU Eyes eS a RIS AE Se oe ee kel i Ry Se RSP aie Rs Ll 881, 326. 76
Total invested endowment other than Freer endowment__ 2, 209, 263. 01
Freer invested endowment for specific purposes_________________ 6, 030, 586. 91
Total invested endowment for all purposes______________ 8, 289, 849. 92

CLASSIFICATION OF INVESTMENTS

Deposited in the U. S. Treasury at 6 percent per annum, as
authorized in the United States Revised Statutes, sec. 5591____ $1, 000, 000. 00

REPORT OF EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE 133

Investments other than Freer endowment (cost or market value
at date acquired) :

Bonds (30 different groups) —---------------_ $467, 455. 26
Stocks (41 different groups) —~-----..--_----__ 663, 791. 62
Real estate and first-mortgage notes_-__-_____-_ 71, 249. 00
Wninvestedacapita == eee 6, 767. 13
$1, 209, 263. 01
Total investments other than Freer endowment____-___-__ 2, 209, 263. 01

Investments of Freer endowment (cost 0x market value at date
acquired) :

Bonds (48 different groups) --------------__- $2, 433, O88. 10
Stocks (57 different groups) —_-__------------- 3, 584, 772. 34
Real estate first-mortgage notes_________-___ 9, 000. 00
Uninvested capital ____-__-----__---_-----_- 3, 726. 47
6, 030, 586. 91
Motalsinvestments) <2 ees. fe Se eee et es 8, 289, 849. 92

CASH BALANCES, RECEIPTS, AND DISBURSEMENTS: DURING THE FISCAL YEAR t

Cash balance on hand June 30, 1940___. _________________________ $391, 308. 66
Receipts :
Cash income from various sources for general
work of the Institution___-___________. ___--__- $90, 769. 51

Cash gifts and contributions expendable for

special scientific objects (not to he invested)__ 43, 068. 26
Cash gifts for special scientific work (to be :

LIMES ECC) es Se ae ee ee 20, 713. 17
Cash income from endowments for specific use

other than Freer endowment and from miscel-

laneous Sources (including refund of temporary

UCLA TC CS) eae Oa es he 59, 800. 48
Cash received as royalties from Smithsonian
Scien tiie Seri eg ea Se 23, 404. 41
Cash capital from sale, call of securities, ete.
(toube reinvested) 22-2272 Nn Dee ee 157, 121. 07
Total receipts other than Freer endowment_______-______ 394, 871. 85
Cash income from Freer endowment_________ 233, 079. 22
Cash capital from sale, call of securities, ete.
(totbenteinvested) 2.2 8 ik 1, 059, 332. 29
Total receipts from Freer endowment____-_______________ 1, 292, 411. 51
SDR) La ea as a aE sal ape Tecpel 2, 078, 592. 02

1This statement does not include Government appropriations under the administrative
charge of the Institution.

134 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1941

Disbursements :
From funds for general work of the Institu-
tion:
Buildings—eare, repairs, and alterations__ $2, 852. 83
Hurnitunesandetixtures=222.ss0n ees 182. 43
General administrations - 222.2 sas ee eee 34, 184. 52
ES yg gs ee a eee ee 2, 129. 85
Publications (comprising preparation,
printing, and distribution) ---_..._______ 20, 378. 94
Researches and explorations_____--_______ 23, 720. 74
—— $88, 448. 81
From funds for specific use, other than Freer
Endowment :
Investments made from gifts, from gain
from sale, ete. of securities and from
Ssavingsvon income. ee 26, 774. 50
Other expenditures, consisting largely of
research work, travel, increase, and care
of special collections, ete. from income
of endowment funds, and from cash gifts
for specific use (including temporary ad-
ViELIN COS i cern ce rE Ae As 90, 839. 94
Reinvestment of cash capital from sale, call
OLISCCULITIES CtCa ease eee 154, 138. 09
Cost of handling securities, fee of invest-
ment counsel, and accrued interest on
bonds? punchased=22225.2 ss 2225s 2, 090. 48
; — 278, 343. 01
From Freer Endowment:
Operating expenses of the gallery, salaries,
heldvexpenses) ete == 43, 399. 19
Purchase of art objects=2-= =. se. ess 96, 719. 64
Investments made from gain from sale,
etes, Of /SCCULItiCcS =e See 15, 976. 19
Reinvestment of cash capital from sale,
Call Zor SCCUnibies| (Cieza lea eee 1, 047, 577. 09
Cost of handling securities, fee of invest-
ment counsel, and accrued interest on
bonds) purchased] 22a see ae 20, 986. 95
—_——__—_——__ 1, 224, 659. 06
Gashv balancer dume| SO il OA eae eee ee a ee 497, 141. 14
FTN teen VS A a eC aD SE 2, 078, 592. 02

2 This includes salary of the Secretary and certain others.

Included in the foregoing are expenditures for researches in pure
science, publications, explorations, care, increase, and study of col-
lections, etc., as follows:

Expenditures from general funds of the Institution :

Publications: 2) ees see a ee eee $20, 378. 94

Researches and explorations_____----------_---_- 23, 720. 74
—————__ 44, 099. 68

REPORT OF EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE 135

Expenditures from funds devoted to specific purposes:

Researches and explorations==—-——-— 2) $60, 879. 90
Care, increase, and study of special collections____ 4, 836. 80
IPR oncom: 2 eee ee 5, 470. 90

SS HT, UST, CO

CHS ay Remy a ad BE FUG IN TN pe Te ESE 115, 287. 28

The practice of depositing on time in local trust companies and
banks such revenues as may -be spared temporarily has been continued
during the past year, and interest on these deposits has amounted to
$715.42.

The Institution gratefuliy acknowledges gifts or bequests from the
following:

. Mrs. W. W. Daly, for Smithsonian endowment fund.

Friends of Dr. Albert §S. Hitchcock, for the Hitchcock Agrostological
Library.

Cornelia L. Pell, for the Pell Collection.

Research Corporation, further contributions for research in radiation.

John A. Roebling, further contributions for research in radiation.

H. Nelson Slater, for investigations in connection with early cotton ma-
chinery.

Julia D. Strong, for National Collection of Fine Arts.

Walter W. Taylor, for archaeological investigations.

Mrs. Mary Vaux Walcott, for purchase of certain specimens.

All payments are made by check, signed by the Secretary of the
Institution on the Treasurer of the United States, and all revenues
are deposited to the credit of the same account. In many instances
deposits are placed in bank for convenience of collection and later
‘are withdrawn in round amounts and deposited in the Treasury.

The foregoing report relates only to the private funds of the
Institution.

The following annual appropriations were made by Congress for
the Government bureaus under the administrative charge of the
Smithsonian Institution for the fiscal year 1941:

SIC Teall ed OXTOC TASC Sioa ee IIR NE al I dU $386, 260. 00
(This combines under one heading the appropriations heretofore
made for Salaries and Hxpenses, International Hxchanges,
American Ethnology, Astrophysical Observatory, and Na-
tional Collection of Fine Arts of the Smithsonian Institution
and for Maintenance and Operation of the United States
National Museum. )

Ee Se ray aitl Oli Ot COLECELONGE = me ee CSN eee cee 627, 470. 00
JEVEATOM EM ae | Fea | vty Wr agi ee pO eel ge Ate cpa SEE 73, 000. 00
INA WON aNEZO ological iP ark =i Se ey ee ae Sl 239, 910. 00

Cooperation with the American Republics (transfer to the Smith-
ESKONOMUET ON 5) GaN SI ENT EAU0s 1) ae e a e ess N L ole 28, 500. 00
LOO) LeU SSP eae a ee Oe or ene 359 140800

421999—41——_10

136 ANNUAL REPORT SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, 1941

The report of the audit of the Smithsonian private funds is printed

below:
SEPTEMBER 8, 1941.
EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE, BOARD OF REGENTS,
Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D. C.

Sirs: Pursuant to agreement we have audited the accounts of the Smith-
sonian Institution for the fiscal year ended June 30, 1941, and certify the balance
of cash on hand, including Petty Cash Fund; June 30, 1941, to be $499,041.14.

We have verified the record of receipts and disbursements maintained by
the Institution and the agreement of the book balances with the bank balances.

We have examined all the securitites in the custody of the Institution and in
the custody of the banks and found them to agree with the book records.

We have compared the stated income of such securities with the receipts
of record and found them in agreement therewith.

We have examined all vouchers covering disbursements for account of the
Institution during the fiscal year ended June 30, 1941, together with the au-
thority therefor, and have compared them with the Institution’s record of
expenditures and found them to agree.

We have examined and verified the accounts of the Institution with each trust
fund.

We found the books of account and records well and accurately kept and
the securities conveniently filed and securely cared for.

All information requested by your auditors was promptly and courteously
furnished.

We certify the Balance Sheet, in our opinion, correctly presents the financial
condition of the Institution as at June 30, 1941.

Respectfully submitted,

WitiiAM L, YAEGER,
Certified Public Accountant.

Respectfully submitted.
Frepertc A. DELANO,
VANNEVAR BusH,
Executwe Committee.

ae
as
Si

mii
3 9088 01296 8533